w>j 
 
 
 ^%. 
 
 ■0 
 
 
 *C- !V ^ I 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 y 
 
 ij. 
 
 (/ 
 
 
 ^.^ V 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 Si? IIIIM IIM 
 
 IM 
 
 m 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 ••25 1,4 1.6 
 
 
 * 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 c': 
 
 ^ 
 
 /a 
 
 /A 
 
 "W 
 
 7 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 ^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 o 
 
 ^<b 
 
 V 
 
 ^. 
 
 c^^ 
 
 <^ 
 
 %^ 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 c> 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHIVI/ICIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions 
 
 Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 1980 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The 
 tot 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaur6e et/ou pe!licul6e 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 □ Coloured maps/ 
 Cartes g^ographiques en couleur 
 
 □ Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge intirieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 fiim^es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl6mentaires: 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mithode normale de filmage 
 sont indiquds ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 □ Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaur6es et/ou pellicul6es 
 
 □ 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqudes 
 
 I — I Pages detached/ 
 
 □ 
 
 Pages d6tach6es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transpcrence 
 
 □ Quality of print varies/ 
 Quality indgale de I'impression 
 
 □ Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 film6es d nouveau de fa^on d 
 obtenir la meilleure imjge possible. 
 
 The 
 poa 
 oft 
 filnr 
 
 Orii 
 be{ 
 the 
 sioi 
 oth 
 firs 
 sio 
 or i 
 
 Th( 
 shi 
 Tir 
 wli 
 
 M{ 
 dif 
 en\ 
 bei 
 rig 
 rec 
 mf 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est film6 au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 y 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 L'exemplaire filmi fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque nationale du Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol — ♦► (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Mai.^ t^;'9*«s- charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different 'ff.uciion ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely inc jdec in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the tpper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetd de l'exemplaire filmi, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim6e sont film6s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 derniire page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 film6s d des taux de rdduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, il est film6 d partir 
 de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche A droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images n6cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 3 
 
 5 6 
 
^■■Rl 
 
 NEW FAMILIAR 
 
 ABEMKIS AND EMLISH 
 
 DIALOGUES 
 
 The first ever publislietj on tlie grammatical system 
 
 BY 
 
 Jos. Laurent, Abenakis Chief 
 
 ,-'fi!K0t~-^Sm^— - 
 
 ViWN'lVA) Ji\ LEC.F.n BROLTSSKM" 
 1881 
 
29 
 
 5593 
 
 Enlered acconling to Act o( Parliamuril, in the year one 
 llionsantl oight hundrod and eiglily-lonr, J.y .lobepli Laun-nl, 
 in Iho ollico of iho Minister of A<?riciiUure jiiid Sl.itislics of 
 llio Dominion ol' Canada. 
 
t 
 
 NEW KAMILIAK 
 
 ABENAKIS and ENGLISH 
 
 DIALOGUES 
 
 The i\\>{ ViK-ahnUwy ever publinliod in the Ahoiiakii* 
 language, comprising : 
 
 THE ABENAKIS ALPHABET, 
 The Key lo the Pronunciation 
 
 AMD 
 
 MAXV (illAMMATICAL EXPLANATIONS, 
 
 ALSO 
 
 SYNOPTICAL ILI.USTIIATION8 SHOWING THK NU.VKIlors 
 MODI K 10 ATKINS oF THE 
 
 ABENAKIS VKR?,, &c. 
 
 TO Wmcil IS A1>J)E1) 
 
 The Etymology of Indian Names 
 
 OF OKKTAfN LOCALITIE.S, kIVKRS, LAKES. Xc. *. . 
 
 ORlurXAL KDITION • 
 
 itv 
 los. Laitrknt, Al>f'nakis, Chit f of th«' Indian Villago of 
 
 St Francis, P. Q. 
 
 1SS4 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 The primary intention, the chi ef aim of the 
 Editor in publishing this book, is to aid the 
 young generation of the Abenakid tribe in 
 learning English. 
 
 It is also intended to preserve the unctd- 
 fivated Abenakis language from the gradual 
 alterations which are continually occurring 
 from want, of course, of some proper work 
 showing the grammatical principles upon 
 which it is dependent. Hence the many 
 remarks and explanations which are to be 
 found all through this book : ciphers^ italics, 
 etc., etc., employed in view to extend its utility. 
 
 As no pains have been spared to render 
 as easy as possible the learning of the pro- 
 nunciation, and the signification of every 
 Indian word inserted in this book, and that 
 the Abenakis lansruasce contains no articula- 
 
6 — 
 
 tiona that the English vocal orgaiiH are not 
 accustomed to, the writer hopes that many of 
 the white people will be glad to avail theifi- 
 selves of the advantage and facility thus 
 afforded to thein for becoming acquainted in 
 some measure, and with very little trouble, 
 with that truly (idmirahle language of those 
 Aborigines called AhenaJci^, which, from the 
 original word Wdhiuialcl, means : peasant or 
 inhabitant from the East. 
 
 May this little volume, which will learn 
 the white man how the Abenakis vocal 
 organs express God's attributes, the names 
 of the various objects of the creation : beasts, 
 birds, fishes, trees, fruits, etc., etc., and how 
 extended are the modifications of the 
 Abenakis verb, be welcomed by the white as 
 well as by the red man, and its errors and 
 defects overlooked with indulgence. 
 
 SozAP LoLo, alias, 
 
 JOS. J.AUKENT. 
 
THE ABENAKIS ALPHABET 
 
 Aa 
 Pp 
 
 • #'»#-*•••#-•-'*« 
 
 Bb 
 
 Ek 
 
 Oo 
 
 Ww 
 
 Cc Dd 
 Hh li 
 LI Mm 
 
 
 
 O, nasal 
 
 Tt Uu 
 Zz 
 
 VoAvels 
 
 Aa Ei li Oo (O'o) Uu 
 
 Dipli thongs 
 
 sii no ao ia io • io 
 iu ua ue ui uG 
 
SYLLABLES 
 
 in progressive scale 
 
 !• a i o o u 
 
 2. ba bi bo da do do jL?a 
 hi jo kd la me ni po so ta 
 wo zo 
 
 3. ban don gin jon kas los 
 mon nop lila (or Iha) taw 
 mow ton gua gai kuo kwa 
 gui pia wia 
 
 4. dagw makw guon kwon 
 mska kigw ngue tegw tukw 
 skua chan cliiz 
 
 5. laskw gaskw pskwa Ihagw 
 pkuam pkwak wzukw wskit 
 
 6. bapskw gapskw sipskw 
 Ihakws mskagw lomskw 
 
 i 
 
Words and Syllables 
 
 "v 
 
 I 
 
 1. Monosyllables. ?7, here ; 
 ti^ tea ; moz^ moose ; sen^ stone ; 
 sihs^ (luek ; skog^ snake ; kogu\ 
 porcupine. 
 
 2. Dissyllables. A-hon^ cake , 
 si'ho^ river ; nohka^ deer ; mbU 
 .^^m, wolf ; iro-6or, elk; A'ldgn\ 
 seal. 
 
 3. Trisyllables, ^^-y^^- 6a, man; 
 AUnb-ha^ Indian ypas-^to-ni^ Ame- 
 rican; pa-po'les^ whip-poor-will ; 
 pskwa'Sa-won^ flower. 
 
 4. Polysyllables. A-hon-ko-gan,, 
 oven ; kio'da-idn-no^ traveller ; 
 pb-ha-tam-win-no^ a christian ; 
 loi-geS'ino-win^no^ drunkard; a- 
 ia - /we - ha - w?/ -/7« - migic^ church, 
 {lit. meaning: house of prayer). 
 
Key of the Pronunciation 
 
 The fifteen consouanttt of the Abenaki s 
 Alphabet are sounded, as in English, />, d 
 final being always sounded respectively, as 
 j), t : Aziby slieep (azip) ; Tabid, David, 
 (Tabit). 
 
 G is always Jtard as in (jood, Lajln : pefjo, 
 gum ; tcfjo, wave. 
 
 The jollied letters clt have a Ihigwd-dental 
 sound, that is to say softer (more slender) 
 than ch in the English words cJdn, watch : 
 c7/i7>ai, ghost ; chlga? when? 
 
 «/ is sounded like ch : Ivahlj, C{;bbage, 
 (kabich.) 
 
 Ph must not be sounded as/, because this 
 letter is not in use in the Abenakis language. 
 Thus, phanem, woman, muh t be articulated 
 nearly as if its proper orthography waspe-ha- 
 nem, expressed in two syllables (p'ha-nem), 
 
— 11 — 
 
 with an aspirate sound to the first, owing to 
 the presence of h, which is always more or 
 less aspirated. 
 
 All the consonants must be sounded : mtmas, 
 fish ; mohem, wolf; ahon^ bed. There is no 
 exception. 
 
 When a consonant (so as a vowel) is 
 do}thled—i\\m : bh, nn, it — the two letters 
 are to be sounded as one, the sound beiny; 
 prolonyed ; as in the following sentence: 
 ntdnowozlibharilffa, I should have petitioned 
 forthwith. 
 
 The Vowels are sounded as in 
 the following scale : 
 
 A as in master : ahaznoda, basket ; 
 
 ^as in lahel :pelaz, pigeon ; 
 
 /as in Indian : Uguonsdgan, thimble ; 
 
 O as in notice : todosnobo, milk ; 
 
 U is sounded as u in union : 1. When it 
 occurs alone ; 2. When it is first in a 
 word ; 3. When it is preceded by i: u nia, 
 
— 12 — 
 
 this is mine ; uUl niuva^ these are ours. 
 But when u is preceded by a consonant 
 other than g or h, it is sounded like e 
 (Abenakis). Thus, we could as well arti- 
 culate niben, summer, by ni-hun. 
 
 The diphthongs are sounded 
 
 thus : 
 
 Ai as i in loine : n-daln^ I am present ; 
 
 Ao as o in how : ch'dito, he (she) is cross ; 
 
 ]a as id in asiatlc : niuy me, to me, I, mine ; 
 
 lo, hi as eo in geometric : loios, meat, flesh ; 
 nhmaf us, to us, we, our, ours ; 
 
 Hit J u€, ui, u6, as iva, roe, wl, w6,{\n Abenakis) : 
 iaguaJtogan, mill ; hwilcueslcas, robin ; 
 lavigaigem^ ulack duck ; sagaolhigan, 
 ramrod, {analogous sound : ta-gwahogan, 
 kui-kwes-kas, kui-gwi-gem, sa-gwol-higan). 
 
 A6, 16, nasal diphthongs, are sounded in the 
 same scale as ao, io, (distinct articulation 
 of vowels in one syllable) e. g.pa-io, arrive. 
 
 I 
 
NEW FAMILIAR 
 
 Abenakis and English 
 
 DIALOGUES 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 Kchi Niwaskw. 
 
 Ni\va8kow©gan. 
 
 Niwaskw. 
 
 Wanamonit. 
 
 Wamitogwsit. 
 
 Wij i- Wlini w ask w i t . 
 
 Nasichebikinaw sit. 
 
 Tabaldak. 
 
 Nonguichi-Ntatogw. 
 
 Nonguitegilek. 
 
 Askamiiinowit. 
 
 Kdemogaldo wogan . 
 
 Sasaginno wogan . 
 
 Sazos. 
 
 Polwakhowawinno. 
 
 Aln6baioso wogan. 
 
 Mam agahod w ogan . 
 
 ISidakwtahodwogan. 
 
 Pol wakhowa wogan. 
 
 Spemkik Alihlod. 
 
 God, The Great Spirit. 
 
 Deity. 
 
 Spirit. 
 
 The Father. 
 
 The Son. 
 
 The Holy Ghost. 
 
 The Trinity. 
 
 The Lord. 
 
 The Almighty. 
 
 The Omnipotent. 
 
 The Eternal. 
 
 Mercy. 
 
 Justice, Perfection. 
 
 Jesus-Christ. 
 
 The Saviour. 
 
 The Incarnation. 
 
 The Passion. 
 
 The Crucilixion. 
 
 The Redemption. 
 
 The Ascension. 
 
-14 — 
 
 Polwawogan. 
 
 Salvation. 
 
 Logitowadwogan. 
 
 Adoration. 
 
 Pobatamwogan. 
 
 Religion. 
 
 Wlomawaldamwogan. 
 
 Faith. 
 
 Nkawatzowogan. 
 
 Hope. 
 
 Kdemogalgawogan . 
 
 Charity. 
 
 OF THE HEAVENS. 
 
 Spemki. 
 
 Heaven, Paradise. 
 
 Asokw. 
 
 Firmament, sky, cloud. 
 
 Kakasakw. 
 
 Blue sky ; starry hea- 
 
 
 ven. 
 
 O'zali. 
 
 An angel. 
 
 Kchi ozali. 
 
 All archangel. 
 
 Sdgm6wi Mali. 
 
 The Virgin Mary. 
 
 tc a 
 
 The Holy Virgin. 
 
 Wawasinno. 
 
 A saint, a blessed. 
 
 Mjejakw. 
 
 A soul. 
 
 Wli mjejakw. 
 
 A blessed soul. 
 
 Wdawasgiskwi . 
 
 An apostle. 
 
 Wawas' kigamowinno. 
 
 An evangelist. 
 
 Kisos. 
 
 The sun ; moon ; month. 
 
 Pogwas, nahnibossat. 
 
 The moon. 
 
 Alakws. 
 
 A star. 
 
 Kchi alakws. 
 
 The morning, or oyon- 
 
 
 ing star. 
 
 Pili kisos. 
 
 New mojn. 
 
 Pogiiasek. 
 
 Moon light. 
 
 Managuon. 
 
 A rainbow\ 
 
-15- 
 
 OF THE ELEMENTS AND THINdS 
 llELATING TO THEM. 
 
 A wan. 
 Kzelomsen. 
 
 "Wlelomsen, 
 
 ii 
 
 Kisok\y. 
 
 AVlekisgad. 
 
 Majekisgad. 
 
 Soglonkisg'ad. 
 
 AVdagkisgad. 
 
 Tka, or tkekisgad. 
 
 Wloda. 
 
 Nebi. 
 
 Solgoiibi. 
 
 Sibobi. 
 
 Tkabi. 
 
 Whawdazibom Iiiebi. 
 
 Nbisonbi,^ 
 
 Pibganbi. 
 
 Sobagw. 
 
 Mamilisobagua. 
 
 Wisawogamak. 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 Air. 
 
 The wind ; it blows. 
 
 A gentle breeze. 
 
 A ircsh wind ; lair wind. 
 
 The weather ; day ; 
 
 Fair or Jine weather. 
 
 Bad weather ; it is — 
 
 Rainy weather ; it is — . 
 
 Wei weather, it is — . 
 
 Cold woather ; it is — 
 
 Warm weather ; it is — . 
 
 AVater. 
 
 Ivain water. 
 
 River water. 
 
 {Spring water. 
 
 Well water. 
 
 Mineral water. 
 
 Muddy water. 
 
 The sea, ocean. 
 
 The open sea, the high 
 
 sea ; 
 A strait ; in the — , at 
 
 the—. 
 
 1. The ripliCJ'S sot oppasile some nouns, in dilferont pails 
 of tliis hook, mark Ihe order of Ihn plunil b'rmiiialion to 
 wliicli each noun lie'ongs ; Uioso leniiinalions beuiy ■ !. ak , 
 2. M ; ;J. o/i ; k.k ; 5. al ; H. // ; 7. ol , 8. /. 
 
 Il iinist be observc'l, however, thai the second leniiinalion 
 (ik) n.'([uires always, before its annexation lo the noun, the 
 ihange of the rinal d or I into ./ : Kahhuzit, prisoner, pi. 
 Sahhozijili ; inotknaai/f pilot, ]il. nnlkuaafjil,). 
 
 The linal letter iv in tjir, lai , inusl be suppress«'tl before tliw 
 annexation of tiie 7th ternnualion (ol). 
 
— 16- 
 
 Senqjiwi. 
 
 Nebes, ( ek) 
 
 Nobessis. 
 
 Woljebagw. 
 
 Sibo, (tegw, ttegw.) 
 
 Sibosis. 
 
 Panjahlok. 
 
 Poutegw. 
 
 Kchi pontegw. 
 
 Teqoak. 
 
 Ki, or KdakiniKi. 
 
 Towipegw. 
 
 Pegui. 
 
 Senomkol. 
 
 Azesko. 
 
 Senis. 
 
 KSen. 
 
 Masipskw 
 
 Mskoda. 
 
 Wajo, (aclen.) 
 
 Ka;jiga[)sk\v. 
 
 Kokajigapskw. \ 
 
 Menahan. 1 
 
 Senojisobagwa. 
 
 JSkwecla. 
 
 Chekelas, 1 
 
 Pek(3da. 
 
 Wiboda. 
 
 fSkwedaipcgui. 
 
 METEORS, 
 Wloda. 
 Tka. 
 Tkawaiisoii. 
 
 .5 
 o 
 
 7 
 fj 
 5 
 
 (5 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 The bank, the shoro. 
 
 A lake ; (at, to the—.) 
 
 A pond. 
 
 A marsh. 
 
 A river. 
 
 A brook, stream. 
 
 A cascade, a waterfall. 
 
 A rajnd. 
 
 A grand rapid. 
 
 The waves. 
 
 The earth ; the globe. 
 
 Dust 
 
 Sand. 
 
 Gravel. 
 
 Mud. 
 
 A pebble. 
 
 A stone. 
 
 A Hint. 
 
 A i)lain. 
 
 A mountain. 
 
 A steep rock. 
 
 An extended sieeprock. 
 
 An island. 
 
 The sea-coast. 
 
 Fire, flame. 
 
 .Spark. 
 
 Smoke. 
 
 Soot. 
 
 Ashes. 
 
 SHIPS, P]TC. 
 
 Heat ; there is — . 
 Cold ; it is — . 
 Cool air ; it is cool. 
 
17 — 
 
 rakwsaiaki.si>a(l. 
 \Vdai»kisgad. 
 A wan, 
 
 Mnasokw. 
 
 Pesgawaii. 
 
 ►Soglon. 
 
 Pson. 
 
 "VVazoli. 
 
 Nebiskat. 
 
 K laden. 
 
 Sikwla. 
 
 AVoskata. 
 
 Pkuami ; pkuamjak. 
 
 I^abadeg-w. 3 
 
 Padogi. 1 
 
 Nanamkiapoda. 
 
 Petguelomsen. 
 
 Ktolagw. 
 Abodos. 
 JVidos. f 
 
 8tinibot, 
 Mdawakwam. 
 kSibakhigaurt/. 
 WlokuaJiigaii. 5 
 
 Pihana/i;. 
 
 M da wagon. 7 
 
 Wskidolagua. 
 Alomolagua. 
 A16msag^\^ 7 
 
 Alomsngok. 
 
 Kaptin. j 
 
 2 
 
 o 
 
 5 
 5 
 1 
 
 Dry weather ; it is — . 
 Damp weather ; it is — . 
 The air ; vapour, lour. 
 A (loud. 
 Foggy ; it is— . 
 Rain ; it rains. 
 It snows. 
 Snow. 
 Dew . 
 
 Frost ; it is iVozcvn. 
 Glazed irost. 
 Thaw ; it thav\ s. 
 Ice ; icicles. 
 Hail. 
 Thunder. 
 
 An eartliquako ; there 
 is — . 
 
 A whirlwind ; there 
 
 is — . 
 A A'cssel ; ship ; irigate. 
 A launch, a yaw^l. 
 A boat. 
 A steamer. 
 The mast. 
 The sails. 
 The rudder. 
 The ropes. 
 The flag. 
 
 The deck ; on the — . 
 The hold ; in the—. 
 Cabin, chamber. 
 In the cabin,— chamber. 
 The captaiii. 
 
— 18 — 
 
 Komi. 1 
 
 The clerk. 
 
 Notkuaag. 2 
 
 The pilot. 
 
 PgoisaAr. 
 
 The sailors, thecro^\'. 
 
 Nodaksit. 2 
 
 A seaman. 
 
 THE SEASONS. 
 
 Siguan. 
 
 Spring. 
 
 Siguana. 
 
 Last spring. 
 
 Nialisiguaua. 
 
 A year ago last spring. 
 
 Siguaga. 
 
 Next spring. 
 
 Siguaniwi. 
 Niben. 
 
 In spring. 
 
 Summer. 
 
 Nibena. 
 
 Last summer. 
 
 Niali nibena. 
 
 A year ago last summer. 
 
 Nibega. 
 
 Next summer. 
 
 Nibeniwi. 
 
 In summer. 
 
 Taguogo. 
 
 Autumn, fall. 
 
 Taguogua. 
 
 Last fall. 
 
 Nialitaguogua. 
 
 A year ago last fall. 
 
 Taguogiga. 
 
 Next fall. 
 
 Taguogo wiwi. 
 
 In fall year. 
 
 Pebon. 
 
 Winter. 
 
 Pebona, 
 
 Last winter. 
 
 Nialippona 
 
 A year ago last winter. 
 
 Peboga. 
 
 Next winter. 
 
 Peboniwi. 
 
 In winter. 
 
 THE W 
 
 DNTHS. 
 
 Alamikos. 
 
 January. 
 
 Piaodagos. 
 
 February. 
 
 Mozokas. 
 
 March. 
 
 Sogalikas. 
 
 April. 
 
 Kikas. 
 
 May. 
 
 \ 
 
19 
 
 
 Nokkaliigas. 
 
 June. 
 
 Temaskikos. 
 
 July. 
 
 Temezowas. 
 
 August. 
 
 Skamonkas. 
 
 September. 
 
 Penibagos. 
 
 October, 
 
 Mzatanos. 
 
 November. 
 
 Pobonkas. 
 
 December. 
 
 THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 
 
 Saiicla. 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 Kik:sanda. 
 
 Monday. 
 
 Nisda alokan. 
 
 Tuesday. 
 
 Nseda alokan. 
 
 Wednesday. 
 
 lavvda alokan. 
 
 Thursday. 
 
 Skawatukwikisgad. 
 
 Friday. 
 
 Kadawsanda. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 DIVISION 
 
 OF TIME. 
 
 Kisokw. 
 
 The day ; a day. 
 
 Kisgadiwi. 
 
 In day time. 
 
 Tebokw. 
 
 The night. 
 
 Niboiwi. 
 
 In the night. 
 
 Sposowiwi. 
 
 In the morning. 
 
 Wlogwiwi. 
 
 In the evening. 
 
 Paskua. 
 
 Noon ; it is noon. 
 
 Paskuak. 
 
 At noon. 
 
 Nowitebakad. 
 
 Midnight; it is midnight 
 
 Nowitebakak. 
 
 At midnight. 
 
 Sokhipozit kisos. 
 
 Sunrise ; at sunrise. 
 
 Nakilhot kisos. 
 
 Sunset, at sunset. 
 
 Pamkisgak. 
 
 To-day. 
 
 Pamloguik. ^ 
 
 This evening. 
 
— 20 — 
 
 Wlogwa. 
 
 Saba. 
 
 Achakuiwik. 
 
 Nguedorakipoda. 
 
 Pabapomkipoda. 
 
 Minii. 
 
 Pazeguen kisokw. 
 
 Nguetsanda. 
 
 Nisda sanda. 
 
 Kisos, or pazeko kisos. 
 
 Waji mojassaik. 
 
 Nowiwi or nanowivvi. 
 
 Matanaskiwi. 
 Nguejigaden. 
 Nonguejigadegi. 
 
 Yesterday. 
 To-morrow. 
 The next day. 
 An hour ; one o'clock. 
 Half an hour. 
 A minute. 
 A day. 
 A week. 
 Two weeks. 
 A month, 
 la the beginning. 
 The middle ; at the mid- 
 dle. 
 The end ; at the end. 
 One year. 
 Annually. 
 
 MANKIND, KINDRED, Etc. 
 
 Kchai ta wski alnoba =^1 
 Kchi phanem ta wdoga^ 
 
 Alogomomek. 
 
 Nmitogwes. 
 
 Kmitogwes. 
 
 AVmitogwsa. 
 
 Nigawes. 
 
 Wigawessa. 
 
 Nmahom. 
 
 Nokemes. 
 
 Okemessa. 
 
 The father and the sou. 
 The mother and the 
 
 daughter. 
 The relation. 
 My father. 
 Thy father. 
 His (her) father. 
 My mother. 
 His (her) mother. 
 My grandfather. 
 My grandmother. 
 His (her) grandmother. 
 
 * Literally ; the old man and the young man. 
 
 * The old woman and her daughter. 
 
21 — 
 
 Their grandmother. 
 
 My husband ; my wife. 
 
 Thy husband, thy wife. 
 
 His wile ; her husband. 
 
 My father-in-law. 
 
 My mother-in-law. 
 
 My son-in-law. 
 
 My daughter-in-law. 
 
 My god-father ; my god- 
 mother. 
 
 A lad, a little boy. 
 
 A young little girl. 
 
 My stei>father ; my 
 uncle. 
 
 My step-mother ; my 
 aunt. 
 
 My grand - son, my 
 grand-daughter. 
 
 His (her) grand child. 
 1 My brother ; (a term 
 
 peculiar to a male.) 
 1 My sister ; (term pecu- 
 liar to a female.) 
 1 My brother ; (w^hen the 
 
 speaker is a female.) 
 1 My sister ; (when the 
 speaker is a male.) 
 
 My brother, (older than 
 
 I.) 
 
 a. Nijia, a term peculiar lo a male, signides also ; cousin 
 of mine, Ihe son ofmy fathers brother, or of my mother's sister. 
 
 b. Nitsakaso, a term peculiar to a female, signifies also : 
 cousin of mine, the daughter of my father's brother, or ofmy 
 mother's sister. 
 
 Okcmesw^o. 
 
 Niswiak. 
 
 Niswiftkw. 
 
 Niswiidiji. 
 
 Nzihlos. 
 
 Nzegues. 
 
 Wazilmit()/*wazilmc<:^oa 
 
 Nsem. 
 
 Kalnegoa. 
 
 Wskinnossis. 
 
 Nokskuasis. 
 
 Nojikw. 
 
 Nokemis. 
 
 Noses. 
 
 Osessa. 
 Nijia. a 
 
 Nitsakaso. h 
 
 Nidobso. 
 
 Nidobso. 
 
 Nidokan. 
 
— 22 — 
 
 Nmessis. 
 Niohcmis. 
 
 
 Nnojikw. 
 
 
 Nz.«Ris. 
 
 
 Nokem. 
 
 
 Nokemis. 
 
 
 Nad6g\v«s. 
 
 
 Nadogwseskua. 
 
 
 NadoQfwsis. 
 
 Nadogw. 
 
 My Bistcr,(oldcr than I.) 
 
 My brother, my sister, 
 (younger than I.) 
 
 My uncle, (ray lather's 
 brother.) 
 
 My uncle, (my mother's 
 brother,) 
 
 My aunt, (my lather's 
 sister.) 
 
 My aunt, (my mother's 
 sister.^ 
 
 My cousin, (the son of 
 my lather's sister, or 
 of mother's brother.) 
 
 My cousin, (a term pe- 
 culiar to a mate, 
 which signifies : cou- 
 sin of mine, the 
 daughter of ray fa- 
 ther's sister, or of my 
 mother's brother.) 
 
 My cousin (a term pecu- 
 liar to a female,\vhich 
 signifies : cousin of 
 mine, the daughter of 
 my father's sister, or 
 of my mother's bro- 
 ther.) 
 
 My brother-in-law, (a 
 term peculiar to a 
 male, which signifies : 
 my wife's brother, 
 my sister husband. 
 
— 28 
 
 Nilem. 
 
 8 
 
 Natlogw. 
 
 Nilem. 
 
 8 
 
 FUNCTIONS, 
 
 Nasawan. 
 
 'M.Bin&Ha.wd^an.i 
 
 Kogdlwsiwdgan. 
 
 Nakwh6mo?«^r1g-rt». 
 
 Chachapsolot^d^o/^. 
 
 'Nolm.nkwBowdgan. 
 
 Ghigwal&kwsowd gan. 
 
 LegxjLahoiv6g:an. 
 
 LoXbrnowdgan. 
 
 ILelozowSgan. 
 
 My 8i8ter-iu-law,(a term 
 peculiar to a male, 
 which signifies : my 
 brother's wife, my 
 wife's sister. 
 
 My brother-in-law, (a 
 term peculiar to a 
 female, which signi- 
 fies : my husband's 
 brother, my hus- 
 band's sister. 
 
 My si8ter-in*law,(aterm 
 peculiar to a female, 
 which signifies : my 
 sister's husband, my 
 brother's wife. 
 
 HABITS, Etc. 
 
 The breathing. 
 
 A sigh. 
 
 A cry ; a scream. 
 
 Sneezing. 
 
 The hiccough, hiccup. 
 
 Drowsiness. 
 
 Snoring. 
 
 A dream. 
 
 The voice. 
 
 Speech. 
 
 I. In general, by suppressing the two syllables ico-gaHfrom 
 the substantives having lliat termination, as above, we hare 
 the indicat. pres. 3d pers. sin^'. of a verb ; as thus : msinasa, he 
 (she) sighs ; kdgdlua, he (she) crys ; akuamalso, he (she) \% 
 sick. 
 
— 24 — 
 
 Wligoivdg'mi. 
 
 Majiffoi/^^irrm. 
 
 Maskihlaidguaf^iJi^v//?. 
 
 S6fflamalso?«?f)£r«M. 
 
 Gesture ; action. 
 Beauty ; goodness. 
 Ugliness ; malice. 
 Pock-marks. 
 Leanness, thinncNSS. 
 Health. 
 
 SICKNESS, DISEASE. 
 
 Akuamalso?"^^frt//. 
 Madamalso2c^^'*aw 
 MdnpinajrcJ !>•««. 
 Obidogv/ogan, or obida- 
 
 Avas. 
 "Wessagagza^/j dg' a n . 
 Kezabzo?r'^o-«». 
 Non6gipozo/i!v3g'rtw . 
 Wjibilwas. 
 Wan<)damina?^'^i>Y'// . 
 Wesguina?ro^'"rt?/ or wes- 
 
 goinogan. 
 
 Illness ; disease. 
 Indisposition. 
 Head-ache. 
 Tooth-ache.. 
 
 Stomach 6r belly ache. 
 
 Fever. 
 
 Coldfiis ; shivering. 
 
 A lit. 
 
 Hydrophobia, madness. 
 
 A cold ; a cough. 
 Short breath. 
 
 PARTS UF THE BODY. 
 
 Mhaga.^ 
 
 Mdup. 
 
 "Wdupkuanr^/. 
 
 5 
 5 
 
 The bodv. 
 The head. 
 The hair of the head. 
 
 1. Wh'^iuv r llio aiijcclicv posstssive n. k, or \v, is to bo 
 prelixod to a noun exjirossing any purl of the body, connnen- 
 cing in m ; as, mitaga. mdup, mlmvngan, tins iotter (m) must 
 be suppressod Ijelbro ])relixing tho jtossossivo adjecliv(! ; .is 
 thus : nfi'Jija, niy hoi\\ ; ftdup, your lioad ; wlnWf'gan, hisfluM) 
 boarl. 
 
 
 f 
 
25 — 
 
 Msizukw. 
 
 Mdon ; mejol. 
 
 Waiiowjv//. 
 
 Mcloppikau. 
 
 Wilalo. 
 
 Wibida/. 
 
 Wkuedogaii. 
 
 Mdolka. 
 
 Mlawogaii. 
 
 Mlagzi. 
 
 MlaQzirt/. 
 
 Mdolmogan. 
 
 Wkeskouan. 
 
 Moioaii. 
 
 Mzabi. 
 
 Wpediii. la wkod. 
 
 Melji la mezid. 
 
 Mkeskuan. 
 
 Mkodukw. 
 
 MkazaA'. 
 
 Wilidebon la win. 
 
 Pagakan. 
 
 Wskaii. 4 
 
 Kojoak. 
 
 Wejatrf/. 
 
 Wiz6 vvilah\vogan, 
 
 rzejilaliwogan. 
 
 Maskilhogan. 
 
 Pazisilha^v6g•all. 
 
 Kiwanaskaa Ihawogaii. 
 
 M agui zo wogan . 
 
 Pmowa. 
 
 5 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 
 The face ; eye. 
 
 The mouth, the nose. 
 
 The cheeks ; his, her — . 
 
 Chin. 
 
 The tongue, his, her — . 
 jThe teeth, his, her — . 
 I The neck : his, lier~. 
 
 The stomach. 
 
 The heart. 
 
 The belly. 
 
 The bowels. 
 
 The shoulder. 
 
 The back ; his, her — . 
 
 The loins, the reins. 
 
 The hip. 
 
 The arm and the leg. 
 
 The hand and the foot. 
 
 The elbow. 
 
 The knee. 
 
 The nails. 
 
 The brain and th(^ mar- 
 row. 
 
 The blood. 
 
 The bone. 
 
 The veins. 
 
 The nerves. 
 
 The jaundice. 
 
 A tainting-fit ; a swoon. 
 
 The small-pox. 
 
 The measles. 
 
 Oiddiness. 
 
 A swelling. 
 
 A boil. 
 
saan 
 
 2G 
 
 -'I 
 
 Wagsozow6gan. 
 
 A cut (with a knife). 
 
 "Wagtahozowogan. 
 
 A cut (with an axe). 
 
 Majimal6milhaw6gan. 
 
 Hooping cough. 
 
 Mannach6gow6gan . 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 wEARiNa apparel; 
 
 W6h6baks. 1 
 
 A shirt. 
 
 ;^6pkowan. 5 
 
 The neck tie. 
 
 Pten6gana^\ 
 
 The sleeves.. 
 
 Aal6mk6zik plejes. 
 
 Drawers. 
 
 Plejes. 5 
 
 A pair of breechc 
 
 
 trousers. 
 
 Lobakhigana/. 
 
 Suspenders. 
 
 Medasa/. 
 
 Socks. 
 
 Phanemi-medasc/. 
 
 Stockings. 
 
 Kiganobia/. 
 
 Garters. 
 
 Totsal, 
 
 Boots. 
 
 Mkezena/. 
 
 Shoes ; moccasins. 
 
 Pitkozon ; silki . 5 
 
 A coat ; a silk gown. 
 
 Kchi pitkozon. 5 
 
 An overcoat. 
 
 Silad. 5 
 
 A waistcoat ; a vest. 
 
 Pidogana/. 
 
 The pockets. 
 
 Patiiesrt/. 
 
 The buttons. 
 
 Patnesolagol. 
 
 The button-holes. 
 
 Pitoguonsogan. 
 
 The lining. 
 
 Piguonsogan. 
 
 The trimming. 
 
 N6bkoan. 1 
 
 The collar. 
 
 Kchi-paton. 6 
 
 A cloak. 
 
 Kwutguabizon 5 
 
 A girdle ; a belt. 
 
 Pilwontukw. 6 
 
 A wig. 
 
 Asolkwon. 5 
 
 A hat. 
 
 Moswa. 5 
 
 A nandkerchief. 
 
 Aaliljomuk/A;. 
 
 Gloves. 
 
21 
 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 5 
 6 
 
 Naskuahon. 1 
 
 Tbahikieosogan 5 
 O'nkawahlagiadiganr//. 
 
 Pkwessagahigan 5 
 
 Sakhili ihon. 5 
 
 Nibaw Jjahon. 5 
 
 Chigitwahigan. 5 
 "VVsizugwaiganr//. 
 
 Nadialwalhakw. 1 
 Tmokuataigan. 
 O'badahon. 
 O'badahon. 
 Labizowan. 
 Alomabizowaii. 
 Tablia. 
 
 Phanemi-pitkozon. 5 
 
 Kcbi-moswa. o 
 
 Pipinawjakwogan. 5 
 PinsisaA'. 
 
 Saksahon. 5 
 
 Silki. 5 
 Mizowimoniinokwkil. 
 
 Phanemasolkwon. 5 
 
 Mskikoasolkwon, 5 
 "Wpedinobial. 
 
 O'basawwan. 1 
 
 Liguonsogan. S 
 
 Kalizad. 6 
 
 Momolagen. 7 
 
 "Whawlatagak. 6 
 
 Silki. 
 Aazatalv. 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 A comb. 
 
 A watch. 
 
 The chain. 
 
 The key. 
 
 A riiiff (linger ring). 
 
 A wedding- ring. 
 
 A razor. 
 
 Spectacles. 
 
 A hunting-knifo. 
 
 A sword. 
 
 A cane ; a walking-stick, 
 
 A crutch. 
 
 A petticoat. 
 
 An under-petticoat. 
 
 An apron. 
 
 A gown. 
 
 A shawl. 
 
 A looking-glass. 
 
 Pins. 
 
 An ear-ring. 
 
 A ribbon. 
 
 Jewels. 
 
 A bonnet. 
 
 A straw-hat. 
 
 Bracelets. 
 
 A fan. 
 
 A thimble. 
 
 Flannel. 
 
 Calico. 
 
 Fine cloth, woollen 
 
 cloth. 
 Silk, satin, ribbon. 
 Crape. 
 
— 28 
 
 OF THE TABLE, MEALS AND DISHES 
 
 Tawipodi. 
 
 5 
 
 A. table. 
 
 \V loganinok w kil . 
 
 
 Table utensils ; plate. 
 
 Papkuedaiiozik. 
 
 () 
 
 A sideboard. 
 
 Tawipodiageii. 
 
 
 
 The tablecloth. 
 
 Kasiljawwan. 
 
 5 
 
 A towel. 
 
 Napkin. 
 
 5 
 
 A napki]i. 
 
 Aiiasiat. 
 
 5 
 
 A plate ; a cover. 
 
 Nsakuakw. 
 
 1 
 
 A knife. 
 
 Nimatguahigan . 
 
 f) 
 
 A fork. 
 
 Amkuon. 
 
 1 
 
 A spoon. 
 
 Kchi wlogan. 
 
 6 
 
 A soup-tureon. 
 
 Kwatsis. 
 
 1 
 
 A cup. 
 
 Aazasit 
 
 2 
 
 A glass. 
 
 Kchi aazasit. 
 
 2 
 
 A tumbler. 
 
 Potoiia. 
 
 1 
 
 A bottle. 
 
 Pinagel. 
 
 
 Vinegar. 
 
 Pinageli-kwatis. 
 
 1 
 
 The vinegar-cruet. 
 
 Pemi. 
 
 
 Oil ; grease. 
 
 Pemii-kwatis. 
 
 1 
 
 The oil-cruet. 
 
 Si wan. 
 
 
 Salt. 
 
 Siwani-kwatis. 
 
 
 The salt-cellar. 
 
 Whawizowjagak. 
 
 
 Mustard. 
 
 Whawizow j agaki -kwa- 
 
 The mustard-pot. 
 
 tis. 
 
 1 
 
 
 Tipwabel. 
 
 
 Pepper. 
 
 Tipwabelinodasis. 
 
 
 The pepper-box. 
 
 Agomnoki-moskuas- 
 
 
 Ginger. 
 
 waskw. 
 
 
 
 Lamiskad. (fr. la mus- 
 
 The nutmeg. 
 
 cadc.) 
 
 
 
 Sogal. 
 
 
 Sugar. 
 
 Sogali k\\ at. 
 
 
 The sugar-))a8in. 
 
 i 
 
00 
 
 O'mAvaimlases. 
 
 Mlases. 
 
 Pkuazigan. 
 
 Alipimek. 
 
 Wsposipowogaii. 
 
 Kasilaw ahosoAvogan . 
 
 Paskuaipo\v'ogan. 
 
 Adlogwi po wogan . 
 
 Ti. 
 
 Kzobo. 
 
 Nsoboii. 
 
 Lasol) ; pizilasob. 
 
 Wobi malomenisal. 
 
 Taliozigan. 
 
 Mkuejazigaii. 
 
 Lago. 
 
 Segueskejakhigan. 
 
 Kaoziia. 
 
 Mkuejazigan kaoziia. 
 
 Kaozisiia. 
 
 Azibiia. 
 
 Azibi-wpigasinol. 
 
 Azibigan. 
 
 WdollortA;. 
 
 Kalkia azibiia. 
 
 Piksiia 
 
 Piksi-wpigasoii, 
 
 Wibalasigan. . 
 
 Podinak. 
 
 Nolkaiia. 
 
 Awaasiia or awaaswiia. 
 
 Ahamoiia. 
 
 Wulguaii. 
 
 Honey. 
 
 Molasses, 
 
 Bread 
 
 A meal. 
 
 Breakfast. 
 
 The dessert ; a lunch. 
 
 Dinner. 
 
 Supper. 
 
 Tea. 
 
 Broth ; soup. 
 
 Soup ; corn-soup. 
 
 Soup ; pea-soup. 
 
 Rice soup ; rice. 
 
 Boiled meat. 
 
 Roast meat. 
 
 A stew. 
 
 A fricassee ; a hash. 
 
 Beef. 
 
 Roast-beef. 
 
 Veal. 
 
 Mutton ; lamb. 
 
 Mutton-choirs. 
 
 A leg of mutton. 
 
 Kidneys. 
 
 A quarter of lamb. 
 
 Pork ; bacon. 
 
 A pork- chop. 
 
 Ham. 
 
 Black pudding. 
 
 Venison. 
 
 (lame. 
 
 Poultry. 
 
 A wing. 
 
 g| 
 
80 — 
 
 Nam as ; namasiia. 
 
 Alsa/f. 
 
 Soga/r. 
 
 N.ihomoaA'. 
 
 PadatesaA;. 
 
 Wow&nal. 
 
 Taliodagi7 wowana/. 
 Wski-wowanalor wsk 
 
 owana/. 
 Pata. ^ 
 
 AbonaAr or aboiiisrtA:. 
 Kalakona/c. 
 Chiz. 
 
 "VVisowipemi, 
 Minobo. 
 Fongoksa/c. 
 
 Fish ; some lish. 
 
 Oysters. 
 
 Lobsters. 
 
 Eels. 
 
 Potatoes. 
 
 A c'c^ oage. 
 
 Eggs. 
 
 Boiled eggs. 
 
 New laid eggs. 
 
 Nebi. 
 
 Nbisonbi. 
 
 Lal)ial. 
 
 Labialsis. 
 
 Saidal. 
 
 Makwbagak. 
 
 Ngoni makwbagak. 
 
 Wski makwbagak. 
 
 Wobi makwbagak. 
 
 Plachmoiii makwbabak 
 
 Akv/bi. 
 
 Weski. 
 
 Jin. 
 
 Blandi. 
 
 A tart, a pie. 
 
 Cakes. 
 
 Biscuits (sea biscuits.). 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Butter. 
 
 Preserves, jam. 
 
 Pancakes. 
 
 BEVERAGES. 
 Water. 
 
 Mineral water. 
 Beer ; ale. 
 Small beer. 
 Cider. 
 Wine. 
 Old wine. 
 New wine. 
 White wine. 
 French wine. 
 Rum. 
 Whiskey. 
 Grin. 
 Brandy. 
 Liquors. 
 
31 
 
 FRUIT AND FRUIT TREES. 
 
 Aples. 
 
 Aplesakuara. 
 
 Azawaiuraen. 
 
 Azawanimenakuam . 
 
 Adbimen. 
 
 Adbimenakuam. 
 
 Wasawas. 
 
 Mologowimena/. 
 
 SomenaA:. 
 
 Pagon ; pagonis. 
 
 SgueskimenaA:. 
 
 Sgueekimenimozi. 
 
 MskikoiminsrtA:. 
 
 Psakwdamena/c. 
 
 Adotomena/. 
 
 Pessimena/. 
 
 Wajoimena/. 
 
 Sata. 
 
 Satamozi. 
 
 Pichesa/c. 
 
 Kowakwimen. 
 
 Pagonisa/. 
 
 Anaskemen. 
 
 Popokua. 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 5 
 1 
 5 
 
 b 
 
 8 
 5 
 
 An apple. 
 
 An apple-tree. 
 
 A plum. 
 
 A plum-tree. 
 
 A cherry. 
 
 A cherry-tree. 
 
 An orange. 
 
 Grapes. 
 
 Raisins. 
 
 A walnut ; a hazlo nut. 
 
 Raspberries. 
 
 A raspberry-bush. 
 
 Strawberries. 
 
 Mulberries. 
 
 Beam-tree berries. 
 
 Currants. 
 
 Beech-nuts. 
 
 Blue-berry. 
 
 Blue -berry bush. 
 
 Peaches. 
 
 A gooseberry. 
 
 Chestnuts ; filberts. 
 
 An acorn. 
 
 A cranberry. 
 
 FOREvST-TREES, FLOWERS, ETC. 
 
 Anaskemezi. 1 An oak. 
 
 Anibi. 1 
 
 W'awabibagw. 3 
 
 Wajoimizi. 1 
 
 Mahlakws. 1 
 
 Senomozi. 1 
 
 An elm. 
 A poplar. 
 A beech. 
 An ash. 
 A maple. 
 
32 — 
 
 Maskwamozi. 
 
 1 
 
 A ])irch. 
 
 Wdopi. 
 
 5 
 
 An aldor-tree. 
 
 Kokokhoakw. 
 
 3 
 
 A fir-tree. 
 
 Saskib. 
 
 5 
 
 An elder. 
 
 Kanozas. 
 
 1 
 
 A willow. 
 
 :VI616dagw. 
 
 3 
 
 A cedar. 
 
 Wigbimizi. 
 
 1 
 
 Bass-wood. 
 
 Chignazakuam. 
 
 1 
 
 A thorn-tree. 
 
 Moskwaswaskw. 
 
 
 The sweet-lla^". 
 
 Maskwazimenaknam 
 
 . 1 
 
 A wild-cherry tree 
 
 Nibimonakuam. 
 
 1 
 
 A ])ush-cranberry tree. 
 
 Alnisodi. 
 
 1 
 
 A hemlock. 
 
 Sagaskodagw. >^ 
 
 'J , Ground-hemlock. 
 
 Pasaakw. 
 
 3 ' A red pine. 
 
 Msoakw. 
 
 3 A dry tree ; decayed 
 
 
 wood. 
 
 Temaiiakw. 
 
 1 
 
 A stub, or a broken tree. 
 
 Papagakanilhok. 
 
 
 Bloodroot. 
 
 Ahadbak- 
 
 
 Avensroot. 
 
 Alncbai tipoabel. 
 
 
 Wild ginger. 
 
 Chijis. 
 
 J 
 
 Wild onion. 
 
 Mn80zir</. 
 
 
 Fern.s. 
 
 Skibo. 
 
 4 
 
 The ground-nut or In- 
 dian potaio. 
 
 Asakuam. 
 
 
 Moss. 
 
 AYanibagvv. 
 
 1 
 
 A leaf. 
 
 Wlemskw. 
 
 
 A blossom. 
 
 AVajapk. 
 
 1 
 
 A root. 
 
 Kawasen. 
 
 3 
 
 A wind lall. 
 
 Walagaskw. 
 
 3 
 
 Bark. 
 
 ;Maskwa. 
 
 8 
 
 1 Birch-bark. 
 
 Pskaotkwon. 
 
 1 
 
 j A branch. 
 
 Wekidakuam. 
 
 
 The sap. 
 
— 83 - 
 
 Alomakuam. 
 
 
 The heart of a tree. 
 
 Awazonrt/. 
 
 
 Fuel, firewood. 
 
 Msazesso. 
 
 1 
 
 White spruce. 
 
 Mskak. 
 
 1 
 
 Black spruce. 
 
 Pohnodageso. 
 
 1 
 
 Tamarac. 1 
 
 Sasogsek. 
 
 
 Sarsaparilla. 
 
 MECHANICAL ARTS, Ere. 
 
 Noji-kadobidaphowad 2 
 
 A dentist. 
 
 Noji-paskhiganikat. 
 
 2 
 
 A gun-smith. 
 
 Noji-tbakwiiigad . 
 
 2 
 
 A land surveyor. 
 
 Noji-chigetowawwat 
 
 . 2 
 
 A barber. 
 
 Nqji-aseswobikad. 
 
 2 
 
 A harness-maker. 
 
 Nodbaadigat. 
 
 2 
 
 A washer- woman. 
 
 Nodkwahid. 
 
 2 
 
 A woodman, wood cut 
 
 ter. 
 A baker. 
 
 Nodabonkad. 
 
 2 
 
 Moni nojinademiwad.2 
 
 A banker ; a broker. 
 
 Nodonkolhod. 
 
 2 
 
 A merchant. 
 
 Noji-pakhiminad 
 
 o 
 
 A thresher. 
 
 Noji-moiiikad. 
 
 2 
 
 A jeweller. 
 
 Nodasolkwonkat . 
 
 2 
 
 A hatter. 
 
 Nojikkad. 
 
 2 
 
 A carpenter ; joiner. 
 
 Nodojiphowad. 
 
 2 
 
 A carter ; carman. 
 
 Nojiguonsad. 
 
 2 
 
 A seamster ; tailor. 
 
 Nojigiionsaskua. 
 
 4 
 
 A seamster. 
 
 Nodagieowad. 
 
 2 
 
 A tailor. 
 
 Nobatobit. 
 
 2 
 
 A cook. 
 
 Notkezenikad. 
 
 2 
 
 A shoemaker. 
 
 Klosli. 
 
 1 
 
 A grocer. 
 
 Nodalhagokad. 
 
 9 
 
 A blacksmith. 
 
 Noj i-papa wijokad . 
 
 2 
 
 A tinsmith. 
 
 Noii-pskwasawoukad.2 
 3 
 
 A ilorist. 
 
— 34 
 
 Noji-lbaikibosugaiiikad 2 
 
 A watch-maker. 
 
 Mahowad. 
 
 o 
 
 A landlord. 
 
 Mahovradiskw a. 
 
 4 
 
 A landlady. 
 
 Soghebat. 
 
 2 
 
 An inn-keeper ; hotel- 
 koeper. 
 
 Noji-alnalhakwawighi- 
 
 A printer. 
 
 gad. 
 
 2 
 
 
 Notkazowad. 
 
 2 
 
 A plough-man. 
 
 Noji-kawakwnigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A reaper. 
 
 Nodapskenigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A mason. 
 
 Nodapskaigad 
 
 2 
 
 A stone-cutter. 
 
 Nottahasid. 
 
 2 
 
 A miller. 
 
 Nqji-nbizonhowad. 
 
 2 
 
 A physician, a doctor. 
 
 Nadazoonigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A horse-dealer. 
 
 Noji-wizowimonikad 
 
 .2 
 
 A gold-smith. 
 
 Nodomad. 
 
 2 
 
 A fisherman. 
 
 Noji-sezowigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A painter. 
 
 Nodatsigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A tanner, a dyer, 
 
 Nqj i-abaznodakad. 
 
 2 
 
 A basket-maker. 
 
 Noji-tbelodmowinno 
 
 1 
 
 An advocate, a barrister 
 
 Nodawighigad. 
 Noji-soglitigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A notary public. 
 
 2 
 
 A registrar. 
 
 Noji-moniad. 
 
 2 
 
 A treasurer. 
 
 Nodobaktahigad. 
 
 2 
 
 A fidler. 
 
 Noji-pakholid. 
 
 
 A drummer. 
 
 Notkikad. 
 
 2 
 
 A sower ; a tiller. 
 
 Nadialwinno. 
 
 1 
 
 A hunter. 
 
 Notkuaag. 
 
 2 
 
 A pilot. 
 
 OF THE SEA. 
 
 Sobagw. 
 
 71 
 
 The ocean ; the sea. 
 
 Mani menahaiiikak. 
 
 t) 
 
 An archipelago ; at thn. 
 
 Meuahaii. 
 
 1 
 
 An island. 
 
— 35 — 
 
 G 
 
 Moiiiihanakamigw. 7 
 Senodkamigvva, seno- 
 
 jiwi. 
 Pamkaak. 
 Wisawogamak. 
 
 Avvil)eii. 
 
 Pilah. 
 
 Pamapskak. 
 
 Mamilahomak. 
 
 O'davvomkak. 
 
 Kzelomsen. 
 
 Petguelomsen. 
 
 Kokvv. 
 
 6 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 A peiiiiLsula. 
 The (shore. 
 
 The coast. 
 A strait. 
 The waves. 
 
 A calm ; it is . 
 
 The ibam ; the iVoth. 
 
 A rock. 
 
 A promontory. 
 
 A sand hank. 
 
 The wind ; blowr. 
 
 A whirlwind. 
 A whirlpool. 
 
 D()MES1TCAN1MM^^^ 
 
 BIRDS, FURS AND SKINS. 
 
 Ases, aaso. 
 N'-d-aasom, 
 
 Kaoz ; ( awa.) 
 
 Wski asesis. 
 Aksen. 
 Kaozis. 
 Sponioli ases. 
 
 Azib ; ( awa) 
 
 Azihis. 
 Kots ; kotsis. 
 Minowis, pezoi.^. 
 Alemos, adia. 
 Wski alemos. 
 (X-d-amis, 
 Piges, piks : pi/,-sak 
 Viioh. 
 
 1 1 A horse. 
 1 1 My horse. 
 
 1 1 A cow ; (a hide.) 
 
 1 i A colt ; a filly. 
 1 An ox. 
 
 I I A calf ; a heifer. 
 
 I I A mule ; an ass. 
 
 Ij A sheep : (a ,skin.) 
 
 1 1 A lamb. 
 
 IIA goal ; a kid. 
 
 I A cat. 
 
 I I A doo-. 
 
 1 , A young doo-. 
 1| My dog. 
 
 i A pig ; pigs. 
 VA lion. 
 
— 86 — 
 
 Molsem ; (—is.) 3 
 
 Wok wees. 1 
 
 Pakesso. 1 
 
 Mateguas, 1 
 
 -Mikowa. 1 
 
 Wobikwsos. 1 
 
 Traakwa ; ( — a\va.) 4 
 (Traakwaiia, 
 Moskuas ; ( — wawa.) 
 
 Wnejjij^w. 1 
 
 AVlanigw ; ( — sis.) 1 
 
 Mosbas. 1 
 
 Apanakes. 1 
 
 Psanigw. 1 
 
 rianigw. 1 
 
 Moz ; ( — ageii ; — ia.) 1 
 
 A wolf; (a young—.) 
 
 A i'ox. 
 
 A. partridge. 
 
 A hare ; a rabbit. 
 
 A squirrel. 
 
 A mouse. 
 
 A beaver ; ( — skin) 
 
 Beaver meat.) 
 
 A muskrat ; ( — skin.) 
 
 An otter. 
 
 A lislier ; (a youn^'— .) 
 
 A mink. 
 
 A marten, 6a])le. 
 
 A black squirrel. 
 
 A flying squirrel. 
 
 Moose ; ( skin ; — 
 
 meat.) 
 
 Magolibo ; ( — awa.) IjA carribou : (a — skin.) 
 Nolka ; ( — iia.) 4 i A deer ; (venison.) 
 
 1 A porcupine, (a young 
 
 — ^ ^ ^ 
 
 Kogw ; (—is.) 
 
 Saguasis. 1 
 
 Akigw ; ( — awa.) 1 
 Akigwawaiia. 
 iSegogw. 1 
 
 Awasos. 1 
 
 Pziko ; ( — makwsessis.) 
 
 Pziko aioba. (pi. — ak 
 
 -k.) 
 Pziko allha. * (pl.-ak 
 
 -k ) 
 
 ■*(' Spell : al-l/ia ; 
 
 A weasel. 
 
 A seal (a — skin.) 
 
 Of seal-skin. 
 
 A skunk. 
 
 A bear. 
 
 A buifdlo ; (a yearlinu," 
 
 — ) 
 A male buffalo, a bull. 
 
 A female buffalo. 
 
-37 
 
 Pziko kadnadokw. 1 ' A two year old buffalo. 
 
 A tliree year old buffalo. 
 A striped s(|uivrel. 
 A ra<ooii. 
 A woodohuok. 
 
 VV^dosoallha peziko. 
 
 Anikwses- 1 
 
 Asban. 1 
 
 Agaskw. 3 
 
 Sips ; sibsis. 1 j A bird ; a little ))ird 
 
 Sips riobalha ^ (pi, — A male bird. 
 
 ak— k.) I 
 
 Sips skualha ^ (pi. — ' A female bird. 
 
 ak-k.) I 
 
 Mgeso ; mg-esois. 1 j An eagle ; an eaglet 
 Kokokhas ; ^val6ias. 1 1 An owl. 
 
 O'basas. 
 
 Kwiguigum. 
 
 Mama. 
 
 Madagenilhas. 
 
 Wisowihlasis. 
 
 Cheskwadadas. 
 
 Sasaso. 
 
 Siomo. 
 
 Sasasois, {pron : — wis), 1 
 
 Kwikueskas, 1 
 
 Kejegigilhasis, (s/?e// : — 
 
 Iha-sis), 1 
 
 Chimeliilhasis. 1 
 
 Mkazas; kchimkazas. 1 
 Kaskaljas or Kaskalja- 
 
 sis. 1 
 
 Kaakw ; Kaakwis. 3,1 
 
 1 1 A woodpeckiT. 
 3 I A blaek duck. 
 4 1 A black woodpecker, 
 I A bat. 
 
 I ■ A wizard, (or any other 
 I kind of yellow bird.) 
 
 1 1 A king-fisher. 
 
 I I A plover, 
 A bird of prey. 
 A small species of plo- 
 ver. 
 
 A robin. 
 A chickadee. 
 
 A chimney swallow. 
 A crow ; raven. 
 A song- sparrow. 
 
 A gull ; a small grey 
 
 gull. 
 
 * Spell : no-ha-Iha ; shua-lha 
 
38 — 
 
 Wlogowilhas. 
 
 
 A nightingale. 
 
 Pokui sigoskuasis. 
 
 
 The wheat-ear. 
 
 Ahamo ; ahamois. 
 
 1 
 
 A hen ; chicken. 
 
 Nobalha. 
 
 4 
 
 A cock ; a male bird 
 
 Wobigilhakw. 
 
 3 
 
 A goose. 
 
 Nahama. 
 
 4 
 
 A turkey. 
 
 Polobai-sibes, (plur 
 
 , — 
 
 A peacock. 
 
 sipsak). 
 
 
 
 Mdawilhp ; — sis. 
 
 4,1 
 
 A loon ; a young — . 
 
 Alonteguilha, (spell 
 
 > 
 
 A wood duck. 
 
 Iha). 
 
 4 
 
 
 Nanatasis. 
 
 1 
 
 A humming bird. 
 
 Sobagwilha. 
 
 4 
 
 A sea duck. 
 
 Nbcsi-choglesk \v . 
 
 3 
 
 A bobolink. 
 
 Chogleskw. 
 
 3 
 
 A cow-bunting. 
 
 Pnegokihlasis. 
 
 1 
 
 A bank swallow. 
 
 Tidesso. 
 
 1 
 
 A blue lay. 
 
 Wobtegua. 
 
 4 A wild-goose. 
 
 Pelaz. 
 
 1 
 
 A wild pigeon. 
 
 Wobipelaz. 
 
 1 
 
 A jngeon, (tame — .) 
 
 Pakesso. 
 
 1 
 
 A partridge. 
 
 Seguaiiilha,^ (spell 
 
 * 
 
 A smiter-haAvk. =^ 
 
 Iha). 
 
 4 
 
 
 Soglonilhasis. 
 
 1 
 
 A f wallow. 
 
 Wigualha. 
 
 4 
 
 A swan. 
 
 Pokhamencs. 
 
 
 A bittern. 
 
 Kasko. 
 
 
 A heron. 
 
 Alomsaguilhasis. 
 
 
 A whin cliai. 
 
 Papolos. 
 
 
 A whip-poor-will. 
 
 * A hinl that Icills its prey with a blow with its breast bone. 
 
— 39 — 
 
 FISHES, REPTILES IND INSECTS. 
 
 Namas. 
 
 Kabasa. 
 
 Nokamagw. 
 
 Makelo. 
 
 Tolba. 
 
 Soga. 
 
 Alsak. 
 
 Mskuamag'vv. 
 
 Kwenoza. 
 
 Wobhagas, 
 
 Kikomkwa. 
 
 Namagw. 
 
 Nahomo. 
 
 Wobi namas or 
 
 magw. 
 Watagua. 
 Molazigan. 
 Skog. 
 Chegual. 
 
 Maska or mamaska. 
 Kakadologw. 
 Pabaskw. 
 Msaskoof. 
 Skoks. 
 Sisikwa. 
 Mamselabika. 
 Sigiliamo. 
 Chols. 
 
 Maskejamogwses. 
 Pabigw. 
 Alikws. 
 
 1 A fish. 
 
 4 A sturgeon. 
 
 y A cod. 
 
 1 A mackerel. 
 
 4 A turtle. 
 
 4 A lobster. 
 
 Oysters ; shells.. 
 
 3 A salmon. 
 
 4 A pike. 
 1 A carp. 
 4 A sucker. 
 
 3 A salmon trout. 
 1 An cqI. 
 
 woba- A white fish. 
 1 
 
 4 A pickerel. 
 1 A bass. 
 
 1 A serpent ; a snake. 
 1 A i'rog, 
 4 A toad. 
 1 A lizard. 
 
 3 A leech, a blood8ut'ker. 
 1 A Boa. 
 1 A worm. 
 
 4 A rattle snake. 
 4 A spider. 
 1 A locust. 
 4 A cricket. 
 1 A bug. 
 1 A ilea. 
 1 An ant, a pismire. 
 
— 40 
 
 Kemo. 
 
 4 
 
 A louse. 
 
 Mamijola. 
 
 4 
 
 A butterfly. 
 
 Wawilomwa. 
 
 4 
 
 A bee ; a wasp. 
 
 Kchi "wawilomwa. 
 
 
 A drone. 
 
 "Wjawas. 
 
 1 
 
 A fly. 
 
 Massakua. 
 
 4 
 
 A horse-fly. 
 
 Pegues. 
 
 1 
 
 A mosquito. 
 
 OF THE COUNTRY AND THE OBJECTS 
 
 MET WITH. 
 
 Odana. 
 
 5 
 
 A town ; a city ; a vil- 
 lage. 
 
 OVdi. 
 
 5 
 
 A road ; a otreet. 
 
 O'wdesis. 
 
 5 
 
 A path. 
 
 Ki ; aki. 
 
 5 
 
 An estate ; a farm ; laud. 
 
 Wigwom, (garni gw) 
 
 
 A house. 
 
 Negoni gamigw. 
 
 
 An old house. 
 
 Kinjamesigamig'w. 
 
 1 
 
 A castle ; a palace. 
 
 Aiamihawigamigw. 
 
 1 
 
 A churcli 
 
 Tagualiogan. 
 
 5 
 
 A mill. 
 
 Pessakuogan. 
 
 5 
 
 A saw-mill. 
 
 Kaozigamigw. 
 
 1 
 
 A stable. 
 
 Kcbikaozigamigw. 
 
 7 
 
 A barn. 
 
 Soghebaigamigw. 
 
 7 
 
 An inn, a tavern. 
 
 Psakaigan. 
 
 6 
 
 A ditch. 
 
 Pmelodigaii. 
 
 5 
 
 A fence. 
 
 Pmelodiganakuam«/. 
 
 
 Fence rails. 
 
 Skah6gan«A'. 
 
 
 Pickets. 
 
 Sibo, tegw, ttegw. 
 
 1 
 
 A river. 
 
 Sibos ; sibosis. 
 
 5 
 
 A brook ; a little brook. 
 
 Kpiwi. 
 
 
 A forest ; in the — . 
 
 Pami pizagak. 
 
 
 The bush ; in the—. 
 
 Nbizonkikon. 
 
 6 
 
 A garden. 
 
— 41 
 
 Kikoii. 5 
 
 Maji ki or mamadaki 5 
 
 Wli ki. 5 
 Kawakwniga wogan . 
 Mskagw. 
 
 Tebeskahigan. 5 
 
 NodahlagokaigamigwT A forge. 
 
 A field. 
 
 A barren land ; i")Oor — . 
 
 A fertile land. 
 
 The harvest. 
 
 A marsh. 
 
 A hay- stack. 
 
 kzihak 
 NidazoaA;. 
 
 Kanal. 
 
 Alnahlagwowdi. 
 
 Lessagnogan. 
 
 Notchogiiaigamigw 
 
 Kbahod wigamigw . 
 
 Kaas. 
 
 Kdakinna. 
 
 A ilock of sheep ; sheep. 
 A herd of cattle ; cattle ; 
 
 animals. 
 A canal. 
 A railway. 
 A bridge. 
 An hospital, 
 A prison, a jail. 
 A car. 
 The globe. 
 
 MONEY AND COINS. 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 7 
 7 
 5 
 
 Moni. 
 
 Sakwskigek. 
 
 Pilaskwi-moni. 
 
 Wizowi-moni. 
 
 Homalkin. 
 
 Sans. 
 
 Mdalasis. 
 
 Mdala sansak. 
 
 Pinso. 
 
 Silon. 
 
 Tlotso, or nisinska taba 
 
 nolan sansak, 
 Pazeko moni. 
 Pazeko lowi. 
 
 Money ; silver. 
 
 Change. 
 
 A bank-note. 
 
 Gold ; a gold coin. 
 
 Haltpenny. 
 
 One cent. 
 
 A dime (10 cts.) 
 
 Ten cents. 
 
 A franc (10 pence.) 
 
 A shilling (20 cts.) 
 
 Twenty-live cents. 
 
 One dollar. 
 A pound. 
 
— 42 — 
 WEKIHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 Mdala lowiak. 
 
 Ten pounds (iJlO.) 
 
 Ngnoji tkwiguan. 
 
 A pound. 
 
 Pabasi tkwiguan. 
 
 Half a pound. 
 
 Kaltlo. 
 
 Quarter of a pound. 
 
 Awens. 
 
 An ounce. 
 
 Minot. 
 
 A bushel (8 gallons.) 
 Half a bushel. 
 
 Temiminot. 
 
 Minot taba pabasiwi. 
 
 A bushel and halt\ 
 
 Ngnet'galanoo. 
 
 A gallon. 
 
 Mdala Kas'galanoo. 
 
 Ten gallons. 
 
 Pabas'galanoo. 
 
 Half a gallon. 
 
 Nguet'kwatoo. 
 
 A quart (a quarter of a 
 
 
 gallon.) 
 
 Pabasba. 
 
 A pint. 
 
 Nguet'akwnoso or pa- 
 
 One yard. 
 
 zegueda llakwnoso. 
 
 
 Pabasi llakwnoso. 
 
 Half a yard. 
 
 Nguejipia taba paba- 
 
 A foot and a half. 
 
 siwi. 
 
 
 Nguet' ak wiadogan . 
 
 An inch. 
 
 Mail, {pron : ma-il.) 
 
 A mile. 
 
 ;%uet'os6mguat. 
 
 A league. 
 
 Nguet' osomguat tmes- 
 
 A square league 
 
 kuiwi. 
 
 
 Alpon ki. 
 
 An acre of land. 
 
 CORN AND ^ 
 
 EOETABLES. 
 
 Malomena/. 
 
 Wheat. 
 
 Asesowiinena/. 
 
 Oats. 
 
 Nagakowimenfl/. 
 
 Rye. 
 
 Tlotsa/. 
 
 Barley. 
 
 ■'*:■» 
 
43 — 
 
 Skamona/. 
 
 
 Indian corn. 
 
 Wajabkry/. 
 
 
 Roots. 
 
 Mskikoa^. 
 
 
 Hay. 
 
 Mskikoisa/. 
 
 
 Herbs. 
 
 Atebakwfl/ or 
 
 tebakurt/. 
 
 Beans. 
 
 ChannapsflA;. 
 
 
 Turnips. 
 
 Kabij. 
 
 5 
 
 A cabbage. 
 
 Timeno. 
 
 5 
 
 A melon. 
 
 Askitamog. 
 
 6 
 
 A encumber 
 
 Winos. 
 
 1 
 
 An onion. 
 
 Winosisa/t*. 
 
 
 Shallots. 
 
 FARMING IMPLEMENTS, CARRIAGES, 
 HARNESS, &c., &c. 
 
 Lakazowogan. 5 
 
 Lakazowawogan. 
 Nokapodigan. 5 
 
 N -d-elkaz6w6gan. 
 N'nokapodigan, 
 Nokapodiga wogan . 
 N'nokapodiga. 
 N'-d-elkaz6wa. 
 Lakaigan. 5 
 
 Temaskezo wogan . 
 N'temskezowogan . 
 N'temskezowa. 
 Temaskezowa. 
 Wolkogan. 5 
 
 Magolhigan. 1 
 
 Mskikoi - nimateguai - 
 gan. 5 
 
 Aalobidaak. 5 
 
 A plough. 
 Ploughing, act ol— 
 A harrow. 
 My plough.^ 
 My harrow. 
 Harrowing, act ol- 
 I harrow. 
 I plough. 
 1 A hoe. 
 Scythe. 
 My scythe. 
 I mow. 
 He mows. 
 A shovel. 
 A wooden shovel. 
 A hay-fork. 
 
 A rake. 
 
iia 
 
 u 
 
 Wagiii. 1 
 
 A waggon. 
 
 Wakolikws. 6 
 
 A wheel ; a cart 
 
 Asesvvobial. 
 
 A harness. 
 
 Pihanisak. 
 
 The reins. 
 
 Nobalobi. 
 
 A bridle. 
 
 Sazamhigan, 
 
 A whip. 
 
 Tawabodi. 
 
 A saddle. 
 
 Wa wabigodhigan . 
 
 A sleigh. 
 
 COLOURS, PAINTINa, WRlTINa 
 IMPLEMENTS, &c. 
 
 t( 
 
 (( 
 
 al 
 a! 
 
 Mkui... (in the con) 10- 
 
 sition). 
 Mkuigen. pi. ol 
 
 Mkuigo. " aic 
 
 Mkui sezowigan. 
 Sezowigan. 
 Mkui sezowozo. 
 Atsigan. 
 Mku'atsigan. 
 N'-d-atsiga. 
 N'moku'atsiga. 
 N'-d-atso. 
 N'-d-atsemen. 
 N'-d-atsemenana. 
 K'-d-atsemenana. 
 Wlowi... 
 Wlow'atsigan. 
 Wlowigo. 
 Wlowigeii. 
 Wlowi sezowigan. 
 Mkuobamegua. 
 
 Red. 
 
 It is red. 
 
 He, she. ^'t, is red. 
 
 Red paint. 
 
 Paint. 
 
 He, she, it, is painted red 
 
 Dye. 
 
 Red dye. 
 
 I dye. 
 
 I dye red. 
 
 I dye him, her, (it). 
 
 I dye it. 
 
 We dye it. 
 
 We dye it. 
 
 Blue. 
 
 Blue dye. 
 
 He, she, it, is blue. 
 
 It is blue. 
 
 Blue paint. 
 
 Reddish. 
 
— 45 
 
 "Wlowobamegua. 
 
 Wizowi... 
 
 Wizowi kezabe'/Jowo- 
 
 gan. 
 Wizow'atsigaii. 
 Wizowigen. 
 Askaskui... 
 Askaskui sezowigan. 
 Askasku' atsigan. 
 "W-d-askaku'atsemen. 
 W6bi... 
 Wobigen. 
 Wobigo. 
 Wobi gamigAV. 
 Wobipegw. 
 Mkazawi... 
 Mkazawigen. 
 Mkazawigo. 
 Wobigek. 
 Makazawigek. 
 Wobbagak. 
 Makazawbagak. 
 W6l)baga. 
 Mkazawbaga. 
 Awighiganebi. 
 N'-(l-a\vighiganebiin 
 
 wlowbaga. 
 N'pilaskom wobigen. 
 N'miguenom wobigO. 
 Miguen. 
 
 Wdamoobamegua. 
 Minobowigen. 
 Minobowigek. 
 
 Bluish. 
 Yellow. 
 Yellow fever. 
 
 Yellow dye. 
 It is yellow. 
 Grreen. 
 Green paint. 
 Green dye. 
 
 He, slie, dyes it green. 
 White. 
 It is white. 
 He, she, it, is white. 
 7 1 A white house. 
 Lime. 
 Black. 
 It is black. 
 He, she, it, is black ; 
 The white. 
 The black. 
 The white, (liquid). 
 The black, (liquid). 
 It is white, (liquid). 
 It is black, (liquid). 
 Some ink. 
 My ink is blue. 
 
 My paper is white. 
 I My pen is white. 
 8 j A pen, a quill ; a feathci* 
 I It is brown, 
 i It is violet. 
 ! The violet. 
 
— 46 — 
 
 Wibgui... 
 VVibgnigen. 
 "VVibguigo. 
 W-d-asolkw6n wibe- 
 
 guigen. 
 Wibguigek asolkwon. ' 
 Wibgui^o n'-d-aasom. 
 Wibguigoa w'-d-asoma. 
 Sen or asen. 
 
 Grey ; drab. 
 
 It is grey. 
 
 He, she, it, is grey. 
 
 His (her) hat is grey. 
 
 A or the grey hat. 
 My horse is grey. 
 His (her) horse is grey. 
 A slate ; a stone. 
 
 CARDINAL POINTS, &c. 
 
 Sowanaki 
 Ali-paskuat 
 Nibenaki 
 Sowanakik ) 
 Nibenakik [ 
 Ali-paskuat ) 
 Sowanessen. 
 
 Pebonki. 
 Pebonkik. 
 
 Pebonkiak. 
 
 Waji-nahilot \ 
 
 Waji-sokhii^ozit ) 
 
 Sobhoban. 
 
 Kirzoban. 
 
 Kizobak. 
 
 AVobaiiaki ttr 01)nnaki. 
 
 The South. 
 
 Southward, at, to, from 
 the South. 
 
 South wind, the wind 
 comes from the South. 
 
 The North. 
 
 Northward at, to, From 
 the North. 
 
 Northern people. 
 
 The East ; at, to, from 
 the East. 
 
 Day break. 
 
 It is day light. 
 
 At day light. 
 
 Land of the East. 
 
 1. We say alfo : vibgu asolkwon. 
 
-47 
 
 "Wobanakiak. (ungiUar^ 
 Wobanaki.) 
 
 Ali-nkihl6t. 
 
 The poople (Indians) 
 from where the sun 
 rises. 
 
 The West, westward ; 
 at, to, from the west. 
 
 The western people 
 
 The southern people. 
 
 Ali-nkihlot weji pmow 
 
 zowinnoak. 
 Nibenakiak, (singular 
 
 nibenaki.) 
 Nsawiwi ali-})askuat ta South-west ; at, to, from 
 
 ali-nkihlot. the south-west. 
 
 Nsawiwi pebonkik ta North-East ; at, to, from 
 
 waji-nahilot. the north-east. 
 
 Nsawiwi waji-nahilot South-east ; at, to, from 
 
 ta ali-paskuat. ! the south-east. 
 
 Nsawiwi pebonkik ta North-west ; at, to, from 
 
 ali-nkihlot. 
 
 the north-west. 
 
 HUNTINa AND FISHINCr IMPLEMENTS, kc. 
 
 Paskhigan. 5 
 
 Adebolagw. 7 
 
 Nahnisakwtag. 6 
 Papkwesbalog paski - 
 
 gan. 
 PapkweskalogiY paskhi- 
 
 gana/. 
 
 Alomsawaiias. 6 
 
 Saguolhigan. 5 
 
 Asenapanes. 1 
 
 Alemos. 1 
 
 Tobi. 1 
 
 Nhanesnosik. t> 
 
 A gun. 
 
 A rifle. 
 
 A double-barreled gun. 
 
 A breech-loader. 
 
 Breech-loaders. 
 
 A pistol ; a revolver. 
 
 A ramrod. 
 
 The lock. 
 
 The cock ; the hammer. 
 
 A spring ; a bow. 
 
 The trigger. 
 
— 48.^ 
 
 Peza. 
 
 Sasalhogil (sissalhogil). 
 
 Mamsag. 6 
 
 Telaps. 1 
 
 Klahigan. 5 
 
 N'telapsem. 1 
 N'kelhigan. 
 
 Kap or Kapsis. 5 
 
 Pidapskuiganinoda. 5 
 
 Askan. 1 
 
 Nadialowinno. 1 
 Nadialoi ki. 
 
 Pisowakamigw. 7 
 
 Pisowakamigwinno. 1 
 
 Nadialowogaii. 
 O'mawogan. 
 Chawapenigan or chaw- 
 
 penigan. 
 Cha-wapeniganatagw. 7 
 Chawapeniganakuam.5 
 Nodamaguongan. 1 
 Awogan. 
 
 Lhab or ahlab. 1 
 
 N-d-ahlabem, — ak. 
 K'-d-ahlabem. 
 W-d-ahlbema. 
 N'-d ahlabomna;— wak 
 K'-d-ahlabemna. 
 W-d-ahlabemow6. 
 
 The powder. 
 
 Shot. 
 
 A ball, a bullet. 
 
 A steel-trap. 
 
 A wooden-trap. 
 
 My steel-trap. 
 
 My wooden-trap. 
 
 A percussion-cap, a cap. 
 
 The shot.l)elt. 
 
 A powder-horn ; a horn. 
 
 A hunter ; a 8i)orf sman. 
 
 Hunting ground. 
 
 The wilderness. 
 
 An uncivilized man or 
 
 person. 
 Hunting. 
 Fishing. 
 A lisn-hook. 
 
 A fishing-line. 
 
 A fishing-rod. 
 
 A fishspear. 
 
 The bait. 
 
 A net. 
 
 My net — nets. 
 
 Your (thy) net. 
 
 His (her) net, or nets. 
 
 Our net -nets. 
 
 Our net. 
 
 Their net, or nets. 
 
— 40 — 
 
 ECCLE.SIASTICAL AND SECULAR 
 DIGNITIES. 
 
 Krhi SogmOwi - Patli- ; Tlie Pope.tlv^ Soverei-u 
 
 iln'Z. 1 ■n^-xrrr. '^ 
 
 hoz. 
 kSogmowi patlih6z. 
 Kchi patlihoz. 
 
 1 1 routiii: 
 1 1 A Bishop. 
 
 1 1 A parish priest, a high- 
 j priost. 
 
 I j A priost. 
 
 I I A minister. 
 1 1 A preacht^r. 
 4 1 A nun. 
 1 A king. 
 4 A queen. 
 
 I A prince. 
 
 I I A princess. 
 L- 1 . . ' 7r:r- , j A. lord ; a lady. 
 Kchisogmoi hdebezo-l A minister of state. 
 
 wmno. I 
 
 Kchi sogmo ;-skua. j Agovernor ; (he-'s wife, 
 ^ogmo ;~skua. A chief ; chiefs wife. 
 
 ^^^f'^' 1 A captain. 
 
 Jvolnal. I j^ colonel 
 
 Pastoni-Kchi Sogaio. The President of the U.- 
 
 I S. of America. 
 
 (^AME.S, RECEEATIOKS, &c. 
 
 Patlihoz. 
 Manistel. 
 Kinomasowinno, 
 Patlihoskua. 
 Kin James. 
 
 Kinjamesiskiia. 
 Kinjamessis. 
 Kinjamessiskuasis. 
 Saniol ;-— iskua. 
 
 Pemegawogan, 
 
 N'pemegd. 
 
 Pemega. 
 
 Pemegawiuno. 
 
 Alogmapozimuk. 
 4 
 
 Dancing. 
 
 I dance. 
 
 lie (she) dances. 
 
 A dancer. 
 
 To skate. 
 
— 50 
 
 K' d-alogmupozi. 
 
 Logmapoza. 
 
 Logmapozowiimo. 1 
 
 Logm a pozow anak. 
 
 Telapa/r, 
 
 Negiioji chebezoak tela- 
 
 yyak. 
 Nagiied aw i gh 6s i t . 
 Sogmo, 
 
 Awanochwi-Kkuaso. 
 Wsemoganes. 
 Nises or nis. 
 Awskatastigamuk. 
 Nadonomuk. 
 N'nadoiu). 
 Nadona. 
 Agisowana/f. 
 Pabaskwhamawogan. 
 Pabaskhamogan . 
 N'telaphamo. 
 N'pabaskwhamo. 
 Pabaskwhama. 
 Pabasbwhamak. 
 Lobaktaigan ; tobi. 
 Piguongan. 
 Pakboligan. 
 Kch i-16bakt ai "an . 
 
 Lintowogan. 
 
 Thou art skaling. 
 
 He (she) is skating. 
 
 A skater. 
 
 Skates. 
 
 Cards. 
 
 A pack of cards. 
 
 The ace. 
 
 The king. ^ 
 
 The queen. 
 
 Tlie knave. 
 
 The deuce. 
 
 To shulHe. 
 
 To cut. 
 
 I cut. 
 
 He (she) cuts. 
 
 Counters. 
 
 Playing-ball or play-ball 
 
 A ball. 
 
 I play at card. 
 
 I play at ])all. 
 
 He (she) plays at ball. 
 
 They play at ball. 
 
 A Jiddle ; a bow. 
 
 A flute ; a life. 
 
 A drum. 
 
 A piano ; an organ. 
 
 A song. 
 
— r,i ^ 
 
 NAMK- OF CITIES, TOWNS, VJI.LAaK8 
 . lllYEm COUNTRIES, NATIONS^ ' 
 
 Molian. 
 
 Moliani. 
 
 Molinia^^ 
 
 Moliantegw. 
 
 Masessolian. 
 
 Masessoliaiiia^. 
 
 Masessoliantegw. 
 
 Madobalodnik. 
 
 Madobalodni^M'. 
 
 Madobalodnitegw. 
 
 Palkinek. 
 
 PalkiniflAr. 
 
 Pithiganek. 
 Pithigania^. 
 
 Pithiganitegw. 
 
 Woliuak. 
 
 Walinaktegw. 
 
 Padiskonek. 
 
 O'bamasek. 
 
 O'bamasisek. 
 
 Pamadenainak, 
 
 Pamadenaia/*;'. 
 
 Montreal. 
 
 A Montrcaler. 
 
 Montroalers. 
 
 River .St-Lawrence. 
 Sorel. 
 
 SoreJlers. 
 River Chambly. 
 Three -Rivers. 
 People or inhabitants 
 
 of Three-Rivers. 
 River St-Maurice. 
 Berthier, 
 Peop. or inhabitants of 
 
 Berthier. 
 Nicolet. 
 Peop. or inhabitants ol* 
 
 N'colet. 
 River Nicolet. 
 Becancour. 
 River Becancour. 
 Batiscan. 
 Riviere du Loup (en 
 
 bas.) 
 Yamachiche. 
 ! Lorette (Ind. Village.) 
 ' Indians of Lorette. 
 

 — 5 
 
 
 
 
 Kobek, ' ( 
 Knbek. M 
 
 Quebec. 
 
 
 Kubeki. 
 
 A citizen (man) ol' Que- 
 
 
 * 
 
 bec. 
 
 
 Kuibekiak. 
 
 Peop. or inhabitants of 
 
 
 * 
 
 Quebec. 
 
 
 Xuibekiskua. 
 
 A lady (woman) trom 
 Quebec. 
 
 
 Kuibekiskuak. 
 
 Ladies of Quebec. 
 
 
 Kaanawagi. 
 
 Caughnawaga. 
 
 
 Magua. 
 
 An Iroquois (indian). 
 
 
 Kaanawagihuono. 
 
 The iroquois tribe. 
 
 
 Otawa. 
 
 Ottawa. 
 
 
 Otawai. 
 
 A man (citizen) from 
 Otta-wa. 
 
 
 Otawaiiak. 
 
 People or inhabitants 
 of Ottawa. 
 
 
 Koattegw. 
 
 Pine River. 
 
 
 Koattegok. 
 
 Coaticook. 
 
 
 Mamlawbagak. 
 
 Mam phr em agog. 
 
 
 VI odd v; a. 
 
 Mantawa. 
 
 
 Paliten. 
 
 Burlington. 
 
 
 S6n-Hal6nek. 
 
 Plattsliurg. 
 
 
 Salatogi. 
 
 Saratoga. 
 
 
 Nebizonbik. 
 
 At the mineral siu'i^y;. 
 
 
 Kwenitegw. 
 
 River Connecticut. 
 
 
 Winoski. 
 
 Winooski. 
 
 
 Pafionisik. 
 
 Passumpsic. 
 
 
 Famijocisik. 
 
 Pamigew asset. 
 
 
 Wiwninbesaki. 
 
 Winnipisaukee. 
 
 
 1. Pronounce " Ke-bek "'as 
 
 in Froncli, Quebec. 
 
 
 2. This orthograghy is an iir 
 
 nation of the English pi-onoun - 
 
 ! 
 
 elation. 
 
 1 
 
 • 
 
53 — 
 
 Wawobadenik. 
 
 Wigwomadensisek. 
 
 Wigwomadenik. 
 
 Kwanabomoik. 
 
 Namakottik. 
 
 Panaobskak, 
 
 Panaobskaitegw or Pa- 
 
 naobskai sibo. 
 Panaobslcaiiak. 
 
 Kanada. 
 Pastonki. 
 
 Pastonkik. 
 
 Pastoni. 
 
 Pastoniskua. 
 
 Tglisraonki. 
 
 Iglismonkik. 
 
 Iglismon. 
 
 Iglesmoriiskua. 
 
 Plachmonki. 
 
 Plachmoii. 
 
 Alomonki. 
 
 Aleraon. 
 
 8p6niolki. 
 
 8p6nioI. 
 
 1 llodak i . (/>r 0?*.- ak -k i . ) 
 
 Illoda. 
 
 Tllodaskiia. 
 
 Koswak i . (/y to n . - ak- ki .) 
 
 Koswa. 
 
 White mountain reg, 
 
 St Hyacinth e. 
 
 Yamaska. 
 
 Durham. 
 
 Megantic. 
 
 Penobscot. 
 
 Penobscot river. 
 
 People (indians) of Pe- 
 nobscot. 
 
 Canada, 
 
 United States of Ame- 
 rica, 
 
 In the United States of 
 America. 
 
 An American. 
 
 An American woman. 
 
 England. 
 
 Tn England. 
 
 An Englishman. 
 
 An English woman. 
 
 France. 
 
 A Frenchman. 
 
 Germany 
 
 A Oerman. 
 
 Spain. 
 
 A Spaniard. 
 
 Ireland. 
 
 An Irishman. 
 
 An Irish woman. 
 
 Scotland. 
 
 A. Scotchman. 
 
wmmmmmmmm 
 
 — 54 
 
 Agomeudki. — {pron. ok 
 
 —ki.) 
 Wdagomenoki. (/?/.-ak ) 
 Ahigontegw. (local term: 
 
 Alsigontegok.) 
 Alnoba. 
 
 Alnobai phanera. 
 Wobanaki. 
 Sigwnl^an. 
 Alnobai sigwnigan 
 Alnobai lowozowogan 
 
 or Alnoba wozowo- 
 
 Eiirope. 
 
 An Eluropean. 
 Eiver St. Francis. 
 
 An Indian. 
 
 An Indian woman. 
 
 An Abenaki (indian.) 
 
 A reserve. 
 
 An indian reserve. 
 
 Indian costume. 
 
 gan. 
 
 
 Alnoba'odana. 
 
 An Indian village. 
 
 riachmoni odana. 
 
 A French village. 
 
 Odana 
 
 A city : town ; village. 
 
 Ki, aki. 
 
 Earth, the globe, the 
 
 . 
 
 world ; country ; 
 
 
 farm ; ground ; soil. 
 
 N'-d-aki, w'-d-aki. 
 
 My farm, his (her) farm. 
 
 Kdakinna. 
 
 The globe, {literalhi, our 
 
 
 earth, our globe.) 
 
 K'-d-akinna. 
 
 Our farm or ground. 
 
 NAMES OF PERSONS WHECH DIFFER 
 
 FROM BOTH, THE ENGLISH AND 
 
 FRENCH ORTHOGRArHY. 
 
 Sozap. 
 
 Pial. 
 
 Tanial, 
 
 Az6. 
 
 Ogistin. 
 
 Joseph. 
 
 Peter. 
 
 Daniel. 
 
 John. 
 
 Augustus. 
 
..^ /55 
 
 Nikola. 
 
 Nicholas. 
 
 Tabid. 
 
 David. 
 
 Plasoa. 
 
 Francis. 
 
 Atian. 
 Sazil. 
 
 Stephen. 
 Caesar. 
 
 Lazal. 
 
 Elijah. 
 
 Tomo. 
 
 1/ 
 
 Thomas. 
 
 O'bloas. 
 
 Ambrose. 
 
 Atoan. 
 Paslid. 
 
 Anthony. 
 Basil. 
 
 Pelnal. 
 
 Bernard. 
 
 Edoal. 
 
 Edward. 
 
 Klegual. 
 
 Gregory. 
 
 Islal. 
 
 Israel. 
 
 Saloiu. 
 
 Jerome. 
 
 Miss;^J. 
 
 Michael. 
 
 Lobal. 
 
 Robert. 
 
 Simo. 
 
 Simon. 
 
 Lolo. 
 
 Lawrence. 
 
 Agat. 
 
 Agatha. 
 
 O'zaiik. 
 
 Angelica. 
 
 O'nis. 
 
 Anna. 
 
 Sallot. 
 
 Charlotte. 
 
 Klistin. 
 
 Christiana 
 
 O'nias. 
 
 Aj>'nes. 
 
 Mali. 
 Klalis. 
 
 Mary. 
 Clarissa. 
 
 Amelaiu. 
 
 Emeline. 
 
 Alizobat. 
 
 Elizabeth. 
 
 Alan. 
 
 Ellen. 
 
 Lowiz, 
 
 Louisa. 
 
 Sopi. 
 
 Sophia. 
 
 Toloti. 
 
 Dorothy. 
 
 «4| 
 
f^mmmmmmmmm 
 
 56 
 
 Sessil. 
 Kate} in. 
 Sozon. 
 Malgelit. 
 Tala'z. 
 
 Cicely. 
 
 Catherine. 
 
 Susan. 
 
 Margaret. 
 
 Theresa. 
 
 HOLIDAYS AND FESTIVALS. 
 
 Alamikowadimuk. 
 
 Kinjamesak. 
 
 Wasanmomuk. 
 
 Peguihodin. 
 
 Sogmowi Mali Kuasi- ; Lady day. 
 
 homuk. 
 Sediak kalnomnk. 
 O'bijibad. 
 Spemkik alihlod. 
 Pamosaiamihomuk. 
 Skweda paskhozik. 
 
 New-year's day. 
 
 Epiphany-Twelfth day 
 
 Candlemas. 
 
 A eh- Wednesday. 
 
 Pialak Kuasihomuk. 
 
 Palm Sunday. 
 Easter Sunday. 
 Ascension day. 
 Corpus Christi day. 
 St. John-Baptist — Mid- 
 summer day. 
 St. Peter and St. Paul. 
 
 Sogmowi Missal Kua- j Michaelmas day. 
 
 sihomuk, ' 
 
 Pobatamawawdimuk. j All Saints. 
 Niboiamihomuk. Christmas. 
 
 Mowsedowadoi kisokw Dominion day. 
 Tebalmezoi kisokw. Indei^endence day. 
 Kinjamesiskua w'kis- Queen's birth-day, (hf. 
 
 kom. 
 O'tkagobadasi kisokw. 
 
 Queen's day.) 
 Arbour day. 
 
— 67 — 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES HAYINCr NO SINGULAR. 
 
 Abasandoffanal. 
 
 n' 
 
 Aiamihoganal. 
 O'nkawalagiadiganal. 
 Aseswobial. 
 Pilianisak. 
 
 Senomkol or senomkui- 
 sal. 
 
 Aurore })orealis, Nor- 
 thern lights. 
 Beads, chaplet. 
 A chain. 
 A harness. 
 Reins. 
 Gravel. 
 
 As the Abenakis language has certain pecu- 
 liarities which are not to be found in the 
 English^ respecting the plural in pronouns^ 
 and that the use of those pronouns is to occur 
 very often in the Second Part of this book, 
 for the right distinction of their signification, 
 I thought it convenient to give that part 
 of speech before I close the First Part, not- 
 withstanding that this be not the ordinary 
 sequel of a Vocabulary. The next pages will 
 therefore show you that part. 
 
mm^^mmmmmmmmmmmm 
 
 58 
 
 THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. NOMINATIVE FORM. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 2 A", ' thou. 
 
 3 W, ' he, she. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1 Ny I, we, (exclusive.) 
 
 1 AV 2j we ; (inclusive.) 
 
 2 a:,' you ; 
 
 3 W, ' they. 
 
 2. OBJECTIVE FORM. 
 
 Singular. 
 1 iVi'rt, me, (I ;) 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1 Niuna, us, to us, (we ;) 
 ,1 Aewwflj, us, to us, (we ;) 
 
 - Aia, thee, (tnou;) 12 Jumvd, you, to you. 
 
 3 Agma, him, her,(she ;) j 3 Agmdwd, them, to 
 
 I them, (they). 
 
 iul'cJ^i^'} ^^"^ T^}- ^'' ^'"'^^' °^' niumlla, is einplove.l, when 
 those that speak do not include in their number the person 
 or persons lo whom they speak : n'milsibena, we eat. (wo that 
 '\?^ V."'^^ ^''^ person or persons whom we speak to ) 
 
 L K 18 used, when those that speak wcmdc in their number 
 the person or persons to whom they speak : A'' vazdbibcna 
 we see. (we that spea,k, and the person or persons to whom' 
 we speak.) And likewise Kiuna, Kiunalla, us. we, ourselves, 
 spoken lo ^^^"^''^^^''' ''^^'^'^ ^''^^ ^5'^'^'^' ^^'^ those that are 
 
• — 69 ~- 
 
 3. REP^LECTIVE FORM, 
 
 Singular. 
 I Niatfa, myself ; 
 
 2 Kialta, thyself; 
 
 Plural, 
 
 1 Niunatta, ourselves, 
 • to — ; (exol.) 
 
 1 Kiunalta, ourselves, 
 to—; (incl.) 
 
 2 Kiuwdtla, yourselves, 
 j to~; 
 
 3 Agmatta, himself, her- 1 8 Agmdwdtla, themsel- 
 self ; I ves, to—; 
 
 THE rOSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1 Nia, mine ; 
 
 2 Kia, thine ; 
 
 3 Agma, his, hers 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1 Niuna, ours, (excl.) 
 
 1 Kiuna, ours, (inol ) 
 
 2 Kiuvjd, yours ; 
 
 3 Agmdrod, theirs. 
 
 N.-B.— Mind also Ihit the pos.<iessive adjeciives n\ /,', our, 
 undergo the same peculiarities as llie pronouns. 
 
PART SECOND 
 
 TllK ELEMIONTS 
 
 OF 
 
 ABENAKIS CONVERSATION 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 Migiien. 
 
 Awigliiganebi. 
 
 Pilaskw. 
 
 Awigliigana/. ^ 
 
 Wissiguakliigana/o 
 
 Telaps. 
 
 Paskhigan . 
 
 Peza. 
 
 Sasahlog?/. 
 
 Wiguaol. 
 
 O'gemak. 
 
 W66bak8igamigvv. 
 
 Tobi. 
 
 Pakuaa/. 
 
 Abaznodaa/. 
 
 A pen. 
 Some ink. 
 Some paper. 
 Some books. 
 Some envelox)es. 
 A trap. 
 A gun. 
 
 Some powder. 
 Some shot. 
 A bark- canoe. 
 Snow shoes. 
 A tent. 
 A bow. 
 Some arrows. 
 Some baskets. 
 
 1. The findl italics mark the plural. 
 
(>2 
 
 Aplo.srt/.'. 
 
 Azawi^limcn«A^ 
 
 Nibimciia/ 
 
 Popokua/. 
 
 Adebimoiia/. 
 
 Some apples. 
 
 Some ])lums. 
 
 Some bush-craiiborvi(^s. 
 
 Some cranberries. 
 
 Some cherries, 
 
 USE OF THE VERB 
 
 WajdnOmuky wq/dndzik^ to have, with the fore- 
 going nouns, in the aflirmative form. 
 
 N'wajono miguen. 
 'Wajonem awighiga- 
 
 nebi, 
 N'wajonemebena pilas- 
 
 kw 
 K'wajonemeba awighi- 
 
 ganal. 
 '"VVajonemok wissigna- 
 
 khiganal. 
 N'wajouob telaps. 
 'Wajonemob paskhi- 
 
 gan. 
 
 N'wajonemebenob peza 
 K'wajonebob sasahlo- 
 
 gil. 
 'Wajonernobanik wi- 
 
 guaol. 
 N ' w aj onoj i ogem ak . 
 'Wajonemji woobaksi- 
 
 gamigw. 
 N'wajonobenaji tobi. 
 K'wajonemebaji pakua- 
 
 al.' 
 
 I liave a pen. 
 
 He (she) has eome ink. 
 
 We have some paper. 
 
 You have some books. 
 
 They have some enve- 
 lopes, 
 I had a trap. 
 He (she) had a gun. 
 
 We had some powder. 
 You had some shot. 
 
 They had a bark-canoe. 
 
 I shall have snow shoes 
 He (she) will have a 
 
 tent. 
 We shall have a bow. 
 You will have some 
 
 arrows. 
 
6:5 
 
 vtir 
 
 VA'ajonemokji abaisno- 
 
 daal. 
 N'wajonoba aplosak. 
 
 'Wajonaba azawaiiime- 
 
 na. 
 N'wajoaemebenaba ni- 
 
 bimenal. 
 K'vvaj6nemebal)a popo- 
 
 kual. 
 'Wajonemokba adebi- 
 
 raenal. 
 
 TJiey will have somo 
 
 baskets. 
 I should have some 
 apples. 
 
 He (she) would have 
 . some plums. 
 AVe should have some 
 
 bush -cranberries. 
 You would hav(^ some 
 
 cranberries. 
 They w^ould have some 
 
 cherries. 
 
 VOCALULArvY. 
 
 Mijowogan. 
 
 Nokhigan. 
 
 Moziia. 
 
 Pkuazigan. 
 
 Wdamo. 
 
 Wdamogan. 
 
 Mkezenal. 
 
 Teinahigan . 
 
 Alni-temahigan. 
 
 Lobakhiganal. 
 
 O'dolibiogan. 
 
 Temespanahon. 
 
 Lessagahigan. 
 
 Paks. 
 
 PkweBsagahigan or 
 
 pkwessaghigan. 
 Chigitwahigan. 
 Alokawogan. 
 
 Provisions. 
 
 "^^lour. 
 
 Moose-meat. 
 
 Bread. 
 
 Tobacco. 
 
 Pipe. 
 
 i Shoes, moccasins. 
 1 An axe. 
 
 A tomahawk. 
 
 Suspenders. 
 
 An oar. 
 
 Scissors. 
 
 A trunk. 
 
 A box ; chest. 
 
 A key. 
 
 A rasor. 
 Work, labour. 
 
6i 
 
 Tehobakhigan. 
 
 Silkial. 
 
 Aguanagiadiganal. 
 
 Scales ; bnhmce. 
 
 ]{i))bon8. 
 
 Curtains. 
 
 USE OF THE VJtlRB 
 
 Wfijdndmuk, tvajdndzih; to h.'tve, with tlio Ibro- 
 going nouns, in the negative i'orm. 
 
 O'da n'wajonemow mi- j I liave no provisions. 
 
 jowogau. I 
 
 O'da wajonemowi nok- , Ho (she) lias no (lour. 
 
 higan. | 
 
 O'da n'v^'ajonemoppena We have no moose- 
 
 moziia. | meat. 
 
 O'da k'wajonoppa pku- 1 You have no bread. 
 
 azigan. 
 
 O'da wajonawiak Avda- 
 
 mo. 
 O'da n'wnjonop wda- I had no pipe. 
 
 Tht'y have no lobaceo. 
 
 mogan. 
 
 O'da wajonemovvip mk- 
 
 ezenal. 
 O'da n'wajonemoppen- 
 
 ob temahigan 
 
 He (she) had no shoi»s. 
 
 We had no axe. 
 
 You had no tomahawk. 
 
 O'da k'wajonemoppob 
 
 alni-lemahigan. 
 O'da 'wajonomowiba- They had no suspen 
 
 nik lobakhiganal. 
 
 der^!. 
 
— 65 — 
 
 V(JCABULARY OF ADJECTIVES. 
 (Simple and Invariable). 
 
 Maji. 
 
 Kchi. 
 
 Mkj, mamsi. 
 
 Wski. 
 
 Negoni, nonei'oni. 
 
 Wawasi. 
 
 Soffmosvi. 
 
 Pili, pilclowi. 
 
 Wobi. 
 
 Mkazawi. 
 
 Sogli. 
 
 Mliki. 
 
 Noki. 
 
 Pogui. 
 
 Sasagi. 
 
 Adasri. 
 
 ^1. 
 
 Kpagi. 
 Wazabi . 
 Tkuigui. 
 Tatebi. 
 Abagi. 
 
 Good ; gentle. 
 
 Bad, moan. 
 
 Great, big. 
 
 Large ; vast. 
 
 New ; young. 
 
 Old ; ancient. 
 
 Holy ; sacred. 
 
 Saint. 
 
 New. 
 
 White. 
 
 Black. 
 
 Solid ; stout. 
 
 Strong, 
 i Soft. 
 
 '. Pure ; genuine. 
 I Just ; right. 
 i Dishonest ; roguish. 
 
 Futile ; senseless. 
 
 Thick. 
 
 Thin. 
 
 lieavy. 
 
 Level ; even ; alike. 
 ! Flat. 
 
 Note.— AlII the abovo aflji^clives siprnify nothing l)y Uicm- 
 soivos ; Ihey signify what is ascribed to lliom, but when they 
 are prolonged by some other syllables . as, go, r/en, etc., etc., 
 or connected with some other words, either nouns or verbs. 
 They arc therefore invariable, being in somehow but particles 
 of wor.ls. 
 
— (^Q--- 
 
 TIIE FOREaOINCI ADJECTIVES 
 
 Prolonged by syllables representing the verb 
 lo be, and joined to nouns and verbs in the 
 affirmative and negative form, either with 
 or w^ithout interrogation. 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 If 
 
 (or kchi" 
 
 Wligo. 
 AVligen. 
 Wligen ? 
 Kchi sibo, 
 
 tegw.) 
 Msinoguat ? 
 Mamsi ki. 
 Wski ahioba. 
 "Wski wigwom, (o 
 
 wski gamigw). 
 N'manohom 
 
 paskhigan, 
 N-d-agidam W a \v a s i 
 
 Awighigan. 
 Sogmowi Pial. 
 Pili kisos. 
 
 PiMowi qjmowogan, 
 Wobiffen ? 
 
 n e g o n i 
 
 Wobigen. 
 Wobigo. 
 Mkazawigo. 
 Mkazawigen. 
 Sogli sanoba. 
 Mlikigo. 
 Noivigen. 
 Pogai moniio. 
 
 He, she, (it) is good. 
 It is good. 
 Is it good ? 
 A great river. 
 
 Does it look big ? 
 A vast ground. 
 A young man. 
 A new house. 
 
 I buy an old gun, 
 
 I road the Bible, {UL 
 
 the holv book.) 
 St. Peter. * 
 The new moon. 
 A new history. 
 Is it white ? 
 It is white. 
 He (she) is white. 
 He (she) is black. 
 It is black. 
 A stout man. 
 He, she, (it) is strong. 
 It is soft. 
 Of pure (of solid) silver. 
 
--67 
 
 Pizwi klosowoffaiiv o 
 
 Adagipmowsowiniio. 1 j A dishonest person. 
 
 lA vain talk, a lutilc 
 I argument. 
 I The ice is thick. 
 Illis (her) mittens are 
 I thin. 
 
 j It looks heavy. 
 ; He, she,(it) looks heavy. 
 i They are not alike. 
 Is your basket flat ? 
 
 Kpagizo pkuami. 
 
 AV 'meljassa wazabizoa . 
 
 Tkv^guinogwat. 7 
 
 Tkwguiuogwzo. 1 
 
 O'da tatebigenowial. 
 Abagigen k'-d-a b a z- 
 
 noda ? 
 Abagigen n'-d-a b a z • 
 
 noda. 
 
 My basket is flat. 
 
 VOCABULARY OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (Contracted and Variable). 
 
 Waligit. ) 
 "Waligek. \ 
 Majigit. ■( 
 Majigek. \ 
 Masgilek. } 
 
 Masguikwek. \ 
 Piwsessit. ) 
 riwsessek. ] 
 Wskia. 
 Negonia, 
 Wobigit. } 
 Wobigek. \ 
 Makazawigit. ) 
 Makdzavv'-igek. ( 
 
 Good, handsome. 
 Bad, wicked, moan. 
 ; (xreat, large, big. 
 
 Little, small. 
 
 New. 
 Old 
 
 White. 
 Black. 
 
(]8 
 
 Soglizit. / 
 Soglak. ] 
 Malkigit. ) 
 Malkigek. \ 
 Nokigit. j 
 Nokigek. j 
 Poguigit. I 
 Poguigek. \ 
 Sasagigit. / 
 Sasagigek. \ 
 Piziwadoit. / 
 Piziwadoik. j 
 Kapagizit. ) 
 Kapagak. j 
 Wazabizit, ) 
 Wazabak. ] 
 Takwiguelek. \ 
 Takwiguak. J 
 Abagigit, i. ) 
 Abagigek. ) 
 
 Solid, strong, durabk', 
 Strong, stout. 
 Soft, tender- 
 Pure, genuine. 
 Straight. 
 
 Useless, void, futile. 
 Thick. 
 Thin. 
 Heavy. 
 Flat. 
 
 1. NoTK.—As tliero are in Abenakis /u^o kinds oJ'Subslan. 
 lives, viz ; the mimnte, denoting objects havine: animal life ; 
 and the inanimate, denoting inanimate objcclM . so also there 
 are animate and inanimate Adjectives and Verbs, which are 
 made to agree with the suhstanlives accordingly. Those 
 substantives are distins[uished by tiie termination ol' t}ie 
 ydxiral, which is always k for the anhnale, (as well as for the 
 personified, which are treated as if they were animate), and 
 / for the inanimate. We likewise distinguish the adjtclives by 
 their termination in the sinfrular, which is usually) as above, 
 k for Uie animate, and / for the inanimale. 
 
00 — 
 
 THE FOilEGOlNG ADJECTIVES 
 
 JOINED TO NOUNS, EITHER SINGULAR OR PLURAL. 
 
 (Simple' and Contracted). 
 
 Wli ases. 
 Wli kaozr/A:. 
 Waligijik asesa/i-. 
 Waligek wigwom. 
 Walikkil tasakiuihonrt/. 
 Majiwskinnosis. 
 Majigit aples. 
 
 A good horse. 
 
 Good < ows. 
 
 Fine horses. 
 
 A line house. 
 
 Fine (good) chairn. 
 
 A bad boy, a mean lad. 
 
 A l>ad apple, (unsound). 
 
 Majikk/7pi]askwiinoni- The counterfeit bank 
 
 al- ; notes. 
 
 Kchi uebesa/. I Great lakes. 
 
 Masegilek wdahogan. A long (large) i>addle. 
 Maseguikwk// kikona/. Largo fields. 
 F'iwsessiji/; alernossrt/. . I Little dogs. 
 Piwsessekubizonkikon. I A small garden. 
 
 A now ^Qxx pants, a 
 
 new pantaloon. 
 A new umbrella. 
 A superstition, (literal- 
 ly : an old imagina- 
 
 Wski peljos. 
 
 Wski oba ga w atahi gan . 
 Negon i w 1 on i a wal d am- 
 
 wogan. 
 
 Wobigit azib. 
 Wobikkil masksa«/. 
 
 tion.) 
 A white sheep. 
 AVhite blankets. 
 
 Makazawigit skuozon- jSome black thread. 
 
 tagw^ 
 
 Makazaw iffok silki 
 
 » 
 
 Soo'lizil wakolikvvs. 
 
 'n 
 
 Some black silk ; 
 
 ribbon. 
 A slronffcart ;-"Whe.ol. 
 
— 70 — 
 
 Soglak wiigin. i A strong waggon. 
 
 Malkigit sanoba ; ma- ' A stout man ; a strong 
 
 liksanit— . — , 
 
 Malkigek or maliksa- j'-lpirituous liquor, (lite- 
 
 noik kadosmowogan. | rally : strong b(n'<'- 
 
 i rage.) 
 Nokigit pohkuasimon. i A soft pillow. 
 Nokigek abazi. | Some soft wood. 
 
 f\')gui alnobak. j Full blooded Indians. 
 
 Pizwadoit nodalokat. j A heartless servant. 
 Pizwadoik alokawogan i A Iruitless labour. 
 Kapagizijik meljassak. 
 Kapagaki 1 m ke z e n al . 
 
 AVazabizit madagen. 
 AVazabagil medasal. 
 Takwiguelek nidazo. 
 Takwiguak 6})adahon. 
 A])agigijik potoiiak. 
 Abagigek al)aznoda. 
 
 Thick mittens. 
 Thick moccasins, 
 
 shoes. 
 A thin hide. 
 Thin sot'ks. 
 A heavy animal. 
 A heavy cane. 
 Flat bottles. 
 A flat basket. 
 
 or 
 
 SENTENCES EXE MPLI FYING 
 
 The foregoing Nouns and Adjectives, either in 
 the affirmative, negative, or interrogative 
 form. 
 
 N'wajonc) wli ases. 
 O'da wajonawi wli kao- 
 
 za. 
 K'wajonobena vvaligi- 
 
 jik asesak ? 
 K'manohomebaji wa- 
 
 likkil wigwomal. 
 
 1 have a good horse. 
 He (she) has no good 
 
 cows. 
 Have we soqil good 
 
 horses ? 
 You will buy fine 
 
 (good) houses. 
 
-. Yl - 
 
 Wlitoakba walikkil ta- ; They woiild make line 
 
 sakwabonal. i chairs. 
 
 O'da ii'kezalmow majil 1 don't lik^^ l)ad boys. 
 
 ^vskinnisisak. i 
 
 O'da k'dachwalmow ; I)on't you want some 
 
 maji aplesak ? ' bad apples ? 
 
 ( )'daaba wdenmowi lie would not take the 
 
 maji pilaskwimonial. j conterfeit bank notes. 
 'Namito kchi nebesal. He (she) sees some groat 
 
 I lakes. 
 W'namitonal kchi ne- He (she) sees the groat 
 
 besal. j lakes. 
 
 K'kiz'onkolhon masegi- i Have you (thou) sold 
 
 lek wdahogan • the large paddle V 
 
 K'kiz'onkolhon.'il mase- i Have you (thou) sokl 
 
 guikwkil kikonal. the large fields '.' 
 
 N'nanawalmonnawkji j We will keep the little 
 
 piwsessijik alemos- i dogs. 
 
 sak. ! 
 
 K'-d-asamov okba ale- } Would you teed the 
 
 mossisak ? 
 
 W'-d-6pchi nokapodo* 
 
 nal piwsessekil nbi- 
 
 zonkikonal. 
 N'kiz onkolho wski pel- 
 
 jes. 
 O'da k'waniadow wski 
 
 obagawatahigan ? 
 Kaguessi negoni wlo 
 
 little doffs 
 
 th( 
 
 puppies ? 
 He (she) is liar rowing 
 the small gardens. 
 
 I have sold a new pan- 
 taloon. 
 
 Did not you lose a new 
 umbrella '? 
 
 What a superstition is 
 
 mawaldamwcgan ni ? j tliat ? 
 N'nihio wol^igit azib. \ 1 Id lied the white sheep 
 
t2 — 
 
 Awakatoak wobikkil 
 
 masksaal. 
 N'-d-achoalmo sknoson- 
 
 tagw wobigit. 
 N'-d-achoaldam silki 
 
 wobig'ek. 
 K'-d-alokamibesa sogli- 
 
 zit wakolikws ? 
 N'-d-alokamib soglak 
 
 wagin. 
 N'-d-6gazahobenaba 
 
 malkigit sanoba. 
 K' w ikuen embenaba 
 
 (malkigek) kadosmo- 
 
 wogan. 
 N'wajono nokigit poh- 
 
 kuasimon. 
 N'wajonem nokigek 
 
 abazi. 
 Pogui alnobak kiuwo ? 
 
 Pogui alnobak niuna. 
 
 O'da niuna pogui alno- 
 bak. 
 
 O'da n'-d-achwalmow 
 pizwadoit nodalokad. 
 
 'Wlito pizvvadoik alo- 
 kawogan. 
 
 O'pchito pizwadoik 
 alokawogan. 
 
 K'kizanokok kapa^izi- 
 jik meljassak ? 
 
 They use white blan- 
 kets. 
 
 I want some white 
 thread. 
 
 I want some white silk. 
 
 Did yon order a strono: 
 cart ? 
 
 I ordered a strong wag- 
 gon. 
 
 We would hire a si out 
 man. 
 
 We would lake some 
 (spirituous) liquor. 
 
 1 have a soft pillow. 
 
 I have some soft wood. 
 
 Are you full blooded 
 
 indians ? 
 We are full blooded 
 
 indians. 
 We are not full blooded 
 
 indians. 
 I don't want a heartless 
 
 servant, 
 lie (she) makes a use- 
 less work. 
 He (she) is making a 
 
 useless work. 
 Did you buy the thick 
 
 mittens ? 
 
73 
 
 K kiz'anoho mebesa j Did you buy some thick 
 kapagakil mkezenal ? moccasins ? 
 
 N inanohoba wazabisi- 
 jik madagenok. 
 
 I shouldlmy some thill 
 hides. 
 
 1 Pazekw. 
 
 2 Pazego. 
 8 Pazegwon. \ 
 
 1 Nis. ) 
 
 2 Nisoak. } 
 
 3 Nisnol. ) 
 "1 Nas. ) 
 
 2 Nloak. } 
 
 3 Nhenol. ) 
 
 1 lii\y. 
 
 2 lawak. 
 
 3 lawnol. 
 
 1 Nolan. 
 
 2 Nonnoak. 
 S Nonnenol 
 Nguedoz. 
 Tobawoz. 
 
 OF NUMBEIIS. 
 (1. Cardinal numbers.) 
 
 Om 
 
 Two. 
 
 Throo. 
 
 Four 
 
 F 
 
 IVO. 
 
 Six. 
 Seven, 
 
 Ohsekv.vtion.— Cardinal numbers from one lo (ivo, as abovf 
 aro of three kinds, viz: I. AhsiracL immhav^ or iho^c lived' 
 merely m couniing : pazeMv, nis, mis, etc.. one, two, Ihrt^e 
 t'lc ; ?. roncrck' numbers or those pertaining lo liie lim,ta- 
 lion of llie animate objects, and perso7ii/ied things ; as, pazeno 
 smwha, one man : fiisoak mmia/c, two dollars ; :;. Concrele 
 numbers used to determine things only ; as, pazegivm nwinki- 
 gan, one hook ; nonnenol wi/ju'o>nal, live houses." 
 
74 — 
 
 Nsozek. 
 
 Noliwi. 
 
 Mdala. 
 
 Nguedonkaw, 
 
 Nifconkaw. 
 
 Nsonkaw. {pron : row,) 
 
 lawonkavY. 
 
 Nononkaw. 
 
 Nguodoz kasonkaw. 
 
 Tobanoz kas6iibav\ . 
 
 Nsozek Icasonkavv. 
 
 Noliwi kasonkaw. 
 
 Nisinska. 
 
 Nisiiiska taba pazekw. 
 
 Nisinska taba uis. 
 
 Nisinska taba nas. 
 
 Nivsinska taba iaw. 
 
 Nisinska taba nolan. 
 
 Nisinska ta})a nguedoz. 
 
 Nisinska taba tobawoz, 
 
 Nisinska taba nsozok. 
 
 Nisinska taba nolivv^i. 
 
 Neinska. 
 
 Nsinska taba ])azek\Y, 
 &c. 
 
 lawinska. 
 
 fawinska taba pazekw, 
 &c. 
 
 Nonninska. 
 
 Nonninska taba pa- 
 zekw, iS;:c. 
 
 Ngnedoz kasinska. 
 
 Eight. 
 
 Nine. 
 
 Ten. 
 
 Eleven. 
 
 Twelve. 
 
 Thirteen. 
 
 Fourteen. 
 
 Fifteen. 
 
 Sixteen. 
 
 Seven! jBen. 
 
 Eighteen. 
 
 Nineteen. 
 
 Twenty. 
 
 Twenty-one. 
 
 Twenty -two. 
 
 Twenty-three. 
 
 Twenty- tour. 
 
 Tw^enty-live. 
 
 Twenty- six. 
 
 T wen tv-s even. 
 
 Twenty-eight. 
 
 Twenty-nine. 
 
 Tliirty. 
 
 Thirty-one, ike. 
 
 Fourty. 
 Fourty-one, SiC. 
 
 Fifty. 
 Fifty-one, &c. 
 
 ^ixtv 
 
75-. 
 
 
 Eightv 
 
 Nguedoz kasinska taba jSixty-ouo, Sec. 
 
 pazekw, iS:e. I 
 
 Tobawoz knsinskci. ! Seventy. 
 Tobawoz kasinska ta1)a|Sev(Mity-on«', cS^c 
 
 pazekw, iVc. 
 Nsozek kasinska. 
 Nsozek kasinska laba Eighty-one, cVo. 
 
 pazokw, &c. I 
 
 Noliwi kasinska. 'Ninety. 
 
 Noliwi kasinska taba ' Ninety-one, iSrc. 
 
 pazekw. tVc. 
 Nguedatgua. One bundrod. 
 
 Nguedatgiia taba pa- Hundred and one, ..Ve. 
 
 zekw, &c. I 
 
 Nisaigna. jTwo hundred. 
 
 Nisatgua taba pazekw, ; Two hundred ;vnd one, 
 
 &c, ; Sec. 
 
 Nsatgua. | Three hundred. 
 
 Nsatgua taba pazekw, Three hundred and one, 
 
 lawatgua. ' Four hundred, 
 
 lawatgua taba pazokw, Four hundred and one, 
 
 &c. 
 Five hundred. 
 
 Nonnatgua. 
 
 Nonnatgua taba pa- Five hundred and one, 
 
 zekw, &c, I &c. 
 
 Nguedoz kasatgua. iSix hundred. 
 
 Nguedoz kasatgua taba Six hundred and one, 
 
 pazekw, &c. i Sec 
 
 Tobawoz kasatgua. | Seven hundred. 
 Tobawoz kazatgua tab;?^ \ Seven hundr<*d and one, 
 
 pazekw, &e. | Sec, 
 
 Nsozek kasatgua* 
 
 Eight hundred 
 
— 76 — 
 
 Nsozek kaaatgua taba 
 
 pazekw, &c. 
 Noliwi kasatgua. 
 Noliwi kasatgua taba 
 
 pazekw, &c. 
 Ngucdomkuaki. (proii. 
 
 — ak — ki.) 
 Nisomkuaki taba nis. 
 
 Nsomkuaki taba iias. 
 
 Taworakuaki ta])a iaAv. 
 
 Nonnomku^ki taba 
 nolan. 
 
 Nguod 6z kasomkuaki . 
 
 Tobawoz kasomkuaki . 
 
 Mdala kasomkuaki. 
 
 Nguedatgua kasom- 
 Jvuaki. 
 
 Noniiatgua kasomkua- 
 ki. 
 
 Kchi-nguedomkuaki. 
 
 Nisda kchi-uguedom- 
 kualvi. 
 
 Mdala kasta kehi-iifruo- 
 domkuaki. 
 
 "C5 
 
 Eight hundred and one, 
 
 &c. 
 -Nine hundred. 
 Nine hundred and on<', 
 
 &c. 
 One thousand. 
 
 Two thousand and two, 
 
 ' &<■. 
 
 Three thousand and 
 
 three. 
 Four thousand and lour 
 Five thousand and fi^ e. 
 
 ^Six thousand. 
 Seven thousand. 
 Ten thousand. 
 Hundj»?d tliousand. 
 
 Five hundred tliousand 
 
 One million. 
 Two millions. 
 
 Ten millions. 
 
 (2. Distributive number >i.) 
 
 .i' 
 
 Papazego ; papazegwen. 
 Nenisoak ; nenisuol. 
 
 One by one ; one each, 
 
 or to each. 
 Two even' time, three 
 
 osLvlf, or to each. 
 
TV — 
 
 Nunloak ; neuhouol. 
 
 leiawak ; ieiawuol. 
 
 Nenonnoak ; nenonne- 
 nol. 
 
 Nenguedoz. 
 
 Tetobawoz. 
 
 Nensoisek. 
 
 Nenoliwi. 
 
 Memdala. 
 
 Nenguedonkavv. 
 
 aSfeuisonkaw. 
 
 Nensonkaw. 
 
 Teiawonkaw. ' 
 
 Nenonnonkaw. 
 
 Nenguedoz kasonkaw. 
 
 Totobawoz kasoiikaw. 
 
 Nensozek kasonkaw. 
 
 3 every time, S each, or 
 to each. 
 
 4 ev(^ry time, 4 each, or 
 . to eacli. 
 
 5 every time, 5 each, or 
 to each. 
 
 6 evf^ry time, G each, or 
 to each. 
 
 I every time, 1 each, or 
 to each. 
 
 3 every time, 8 each, or 
 1o each, 
 
 9 every time, 9 each, or 
 to each. 
 
 10 every time, 10 each, 
 or to each. 
 
 II every time, 11 each, 
 or to each. 
 
 12 every time, 12 each, 
 or to each. 
 
 13 every time, 13 each, 
 or to each. 
 
 14 every time, 14 each, 
 j or to each. 
 ! 15 every time, 16 each, 
 ' or to each. 
 
 KJ every time, 10 each, 
 I or to ea<h. 
 lit every time, 17 each, 
 I or to each. 
 1 18 every time, 18 each, 
 1 or to each. 
 
78 — 
 
 Nenoliwi kasonkaw. 
 
 Nenisinska. 
 
 Noiiisinyka laba pa- 
 
 zokw. 
 Nonsinska. 
 
 N oiisinska t aba pa/ekw. 
 
 leiawineka. 
 
 Nenonniska. 
 
 Nenegued oz kasinska. 
 
 Tetobawoz kasinska. 
 
 Nensozok kasinska. 
 
 Nenoliwi kasinska. 
 
 Nenguedalgua. 
 
 Nenguedatgua taba pa- 
 
 zekw . 
 Nenisatgua. 
 
 NiMisatgua. 
 
 leiawatgua. 
 
 1!) every iimo, ID each, 
 or to ench. 
 
 20 every time, 20 each, 
 or to each, 
 
 21 every time, 21 each, 
 or to each. 
 
 .SO every time, 30 <^ach, 
 
 or to each. 
 31 every time, 31 each, 
 
 or to each. 
 40 every tim<', 40 each, 
 
 or to each. 
 r)0 every iim«\ hO each, 
 
 or to each. 
 60 every time, <10 each, 
 
 or to each. 
 70 every time, 70 each, 
 
 or to (Mich. 
 80 every time, <S0 each, 
 
 or to each. 
 IK) everv lime, IHJ each, 
 
 or to each. 
 
 100 every time, lOU 
 each, or to each. 
 
 101 e\'<'ry lime, 101 
 each, or to each. 
 
 200 every time, 200 
 each, or to each. 
 
 300 every time, 300 
 each, or to each. 
 
 400 every time, 400 
 each, or to each. 
 
-19 
 
 NonoliAvi kasatgua. 
 Neiiguodomkuaki. 
 ^eiiisomkuaki. 
 Nensoinkuaki. 
 
 nOO every time, \m 
 
 ea( h, or to each. 
 1000 <'very time, 1000 
 
 "each, or to each, 
 2000 every time, 2000 
 
 each, or to each. 
 3000 every time, 8000 
 XT 1 . , . ' ^'^^ch, or to each. 
 
 J^enguedoz kasomkua- GOOO every time, 6000 
 XT T . 1 . , ^^^ch, or to each, 
 
 ^enohwi kasomkuaki. j 9000 every time, 9000 
 
 M 11, . , , ! ^"^c^^' ^^^^o each. 
 Memdahi kasomkuaki. , 10,000 every time, 10,- 
 
 xr^ . • 1 , , , I ^^'^^ *?'i<^h, or to each. 
 iNeaiisinska kasomkua- 1 20,000 every time, 20,- 
 xr, . ^ , I ^00 each, or to each. 
 
 i>J enguedatgua kasom- 1 00,000 every time 100 - 
 
 ^'''^^'- ^ 000 each, or to each. 
 
 1,000,000 every time, 
 1,000,000 each, or to 
 each. 
 
 Kekchi nguedomkuaki. 
 
 (3. MuUipIijm<r Niimbcrs.) 
 
 Pazguedi 
 
 a. 
 
 Nisda. 
 Nseda. 
 lawda. 
 Nonneda. 
 Nguedoz kasta. 
 Tobaw'oz kasta: 
 Nsozek kasta. 
 Noliwi kasta. 
 
 Once. 
 Twice. 
 Three times. 
 Four times. 
 Five times. 
 
 times. 
 
 8 " 
 
 9 *' 
 
80 
 
 Mdala kafila. 
 Nguedoiiicaw kasta. 
 Nonnoiikaw kasta. 
 Noliwi kasonkaw kasta 
 Nisinslra kaBta. 
 Nisinskf. taba pazekw 
 
 kasta. 
 Ni^inska taba nis kai^ia. 
 NsiiuKa Ki su). 
 Nsinska taba nolan 
 
 ka«ta. 
 ia\vi:.?ka kasla. 
 iSoiiniiiska kasta. 
 Ngnodatgua kasta, 
 Nguedvjz k a s a t g u a 
 
 kasta. 
 N,'^uedom kuaki l^asui . 
 (vclii-nguc'domkuaki 
 
 taha neguvdoz kasat- {fjiUinClij : one 
 
 ffua taba iionniiiska thousand and 
 
 10 t 
 
 imcs. 
 
 n 
 
 « 
 
 15 
 
 u 
 
 11) 
 
 l( 
 
 20 
 
 ii 
 
 21 
 
 u 
 
 22 
 
 it. 
 
 30 
 
 u 
 
 3o 
 
 u 
 
 40 
 
 a 
 
 ;50 
 
 .( 
 
 100 
 
 (1 
 
 000 
 
 u 
 
 100'/ 
 
 u 
 
 000,055 
 
 u 
 
 t-» 
 
 great 
 
 taba ]iolan ka^ta. 
 
 hundrt^d and fifty and 
 fivf times.) 
 
 M. Muifipiyin^''DiMribulivH Numbers.) 
 
 i'apdzrueda. 
 Neiiif-da. 
 
 Nenscda. 
 
 I Once very time ; once 
 I each, or to each. 
 , Twici' every time ; 
 I twice oach.or toea<:h. 
 I Three times every lime, 
 1 3 times vach, or to 
 i each. 
 
81 
 
 leiawda. 
 
 Neiionnoda. 
 
 Nejiffued..:: Lrasta. 
 
 Tetubawoz kasta. 
 
 Nonsozek kaefa. 
 
 N<'iioliwi kasta. 
 
 Momdala kasta. 
 
 N'enizorikaw kasta. 
 
 Noiionnonkaw kast' 
 
 N"enisi)rKka kasra. 
 
 Neuisiuska. Iai»a p;>z«'- 
 kw kaMla. 
 
 4 times c'very time ; 
 
 1 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 5" times every time ; 
 
 5 times each or to 
 each. "^ 
 
 6 times every time ; 
 
 6 timojs each, or to 
 each. 
 
 7 tim^s every time ; 
 
 7 times each, or to 
 each. 
 
 i 8 times every time ; 
 I 8 times each or to 
 
 each. 
 C times every time ; 
 
 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 lU times every liir^e ; 
 
 10 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 12 times every time .: 
 
 12 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 15 tim<'s every time ; 
 
 lo times each, <>r lo 
 
 each. 
 20 times every tim*- 
 
 2(> times rach or to 
 
 ejich. 
 ~1 times every time ; 
 
 •-il times enc'h. or to 
 
 each. 
 
82 
 
 Nensinska kasta. 
 
 leiawinska kasta. 
 
 Neiioniiinska kasta. 
 
 Non g-u odat gua k asia . 
 
 Neiiisatcrna kasta. 
 
 Neiionnatuua kasln. 
 
 N e u g u e d o iti k ii a k i 
 kasta. 
 
 30 times every time ; 
 
 30 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 40 times every time ; 
 
 40 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 50 times every time ; 
 
 50 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 100 times every time ; 
 
 100 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 200 times every time ; 
 
 200 times ea(;h, or to 
 
 each. 
 500 times every time ; 
 
 500 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 1000 times every time ; 
 
 1000 times each, or to 
 
 each. 
 
 (5 Ordinal ? 'ibers rnarkinf^ the order and siirrf^^- 
 sion of animal f ob/fcls, and personii'ied lhin<!;n.) 
 
 Nitamabit. 
 
 Nis akwobabit, 
 
 Nas akwobabit. 
 
 law akwobabit. 
 
 Nolan akwobabit, 
 
 Mdala akwobabit 
 
 Nonntmkavv akwobabit. The iil'teeiilh. 
 
 The first. 
 
 The second. 
 
 The thiid. 
 ,The fourth. 
 I The 11 ft h. 
 
 The tenth. 
 
— 83 — 
 
 Ngucdoz kag6nka\Y 
 akwobauit. 
 
 Nisinska akwobabit. 
 
 lawinska akwobabit. 
 
 Noiiinska akwobabit. 
 
 NgiK'doz kasinska ak- 
 wobabit. 
 
 Noliwi kasinska akwo- 
 babit, 
 
 Noliwi kasinska taba 
 noliwi akwobabit. 
 
 Nguedat f^ua akwobabit . 
 
 iNguodatgua taba n6n- 
 iiin^a kw6])abit. 
 
 Ngncdomkuaki taba 
 nonnatgua taba ji6n- 
 ninska taba nolnn ak- 
 wo])a])it, <'ic. . etc. 
 
 The sixteenth. 
 
 The twentieth, 
 The fortieth. 
 The fiftieth. 
 Th<! sixtieth. 
 
 The nineticih. 
 
 The ninety-ninth. 
 
 Th(* hundreth. 
 
 The hundred and 11 (- 
 tieth. 
 
 The thousand fiv<- hun- 
 dred and lil'ty-liflh, 
 etc., ttc. 
 
 ((>. Ordinal n urn hers marking fhe orde, /nnf 
 sncressioft of things.) 
 
 Nitamatak. 
 Nis akwobtak. 
 Nas akwobtak. 
 law ukwobtaiv. 
 N61 a 1 ak w ob t a k . 
 Mdiila akwobtak. 
 Nonnonkaw ak\vo})<ak. 
 Ngucdoz kasonkaw ak- 
 
 \\ obtnk. 
 Nisinska akwobtak. 
 lawinska .nkwobtak. 
 
 Thr iirst. 
 
 rp 
 
 The seeond. 
 I The third. 
 Tho fourth. 
 The firtli. 
 The tenth. 
 The Ulteenth. 
 The sixteenth 
 
 ! 
 
 I The twentieth 
 ' The I'niiieth. 
 
84 
 
 Noiminska akwobtak. Tho liltieth. 
 Nii'aedoz kasinska ak- 
 
 wobtak. 
 Noliwi kasinska taba 
 
 noliwi akwobtak. 
 Nguedatgua taba n on- The hundred and fif- 
 
 ninska akwobtak. \ tieth. 
 Mdala kasomkuaki taba ' The ten thousand five 
 
 The sixtieth. 
 The ninetv-ninth. 
 
 nonnatgua taba non- 
 ninslva taba nolan 
 akwobtak, etc. 
 
 hundred and fifty 
 iifth, etc. 
 
 (7. Ordinal numbers marking the order and surcea- 
 
 sion of chapters, rerses, sectiom of law i^ 
 
 articles of regulations, etc.) 
 
 Nitamagimguak or pa- 
 
 zekw alag'imguak. 
 Nis ahigimgualv. 
 Nas alagimguak. 
 Nolan alagimguak. 
 Mdala alagimguak. 
 Nisinska alaffiraffuak. 
 
 't? 
 
 Nonninska alagimguak, 
 Nguedatgua a 1 a g i m- 
 guak, etc., oto. 
 
 First. 
 
 Second, or secondlv. 
 Third, or thirdly. ' 
 Fifth, or fifthly." 
 Tenth, or tenthly. 
 T wcntie th , or i wen t i - 
 
 ethly. 
 Fi tti eth , o r fi Ft iethl y . 
 Hundreth, or liun- 
 
 dredthly, (Uc, e(c. 
 
 (8. Fractional numbers.) 
 
 Tawi chebenozik. 
 Psitria ; pabasi... 
 
 One quavti'r. 
 The half. 
 
85 
 
 lawi chobenozik iisi-| Three quartern; ihivo 
 
 fourths. 
 The third. 
 Two thirds. 
 
 One lifth. 
 Three fifths. 
 
 chebat. 
 Nasi chebeiiozik. 
 Nasi chebenozik nisi- 
 
 chebat. 
 Nonni chebenozik. 
 Nonni chebenozik nsi- 
 
 chebat. 
 
 Nguedoz kasi che])e-i One sixth. 
 
 uozik. i 
 
 Mdala kasi chebenozik. ' One tenth. 
 Mdala kasi chebenozik j Four tenths. 
 
 iawi-chebat. I 
 
 Nguedato-ua kasi che- ()ne liundredth, etc. 
 benozik, etc. i 
 
 (9. Multiph numbers ) 
 
 i'kawiNvi. (or nisda I The doubk'. 
 
 pkawiwi.) j 
 
 Nseda pkawiwi. The triple, 
 
 lawdi pkawiwi. The quadruple. 
 
 Nonneda pkawiwi, |The quintu]^lc. 
 Nguedatgua kasta pka- The centuple. 
 
 wiwi- 
 
80 
 
 VOCABULARY OF ADVEllBS, rJIEPOSl- 
 
 TIONS, CONJUNCTIONS AND 
 
 1NTEE.TECTI0NS. 
 
 INVARIABLE PARTICLI^. 
 
 (1. Adverbs) 
 
 O'hoo. 
 
 Kalaata. 
 
 O'da. 
 
 Kizi. 
 
 Mina. 
 
 Askua. 
 
 Asma. 
 
 Kiiiizi. 
 
 Wlogwa. 
 
 Saba. 
 
 Pita. 
 
 Nopaiwi. 
 
 l^asojivvi. 
 
 oni. 
 Toni kasi... 
 Mawia. 
 Awasivvi. 
 Chitoiwi, (chito...) 
 Nodohvi, (node)...) 
 Tagasiwi, (tagasi...) 
 Wigawojiwi, (wiga- 
 
 ■w6ji...) 
 Sipkivv'i, (sipki...) 
 Nadawiwi, (nadawi. 
 Nabiwi, (nabi...) 
 
 ..) 
 
 Yes. 
 
 Indeed ; truly ; in Ilict. 
 
 No ; not ; neither, nor. 
 
 Already ; after. 
 
 Again, yet, still, 
 i Still, again. 
 
 Never, not yet. 
 I Already : beforehand. 
 j Yesterday. 
 i To-morrow. 
 
 Very, much. 
 
 Far. 
 
 Near ; nearly. 
 
 How ; where ; what. 
 
 How much. 
 
 Better. 
 
 Beyond, furthermore. 
 
 Further ; w^orst. 
 
 Less. 
 
 Little ; few. 
 
 Often, frequently. 
 
 Late. 
 
 Seldom, rarely. 
 
 Early, soon. 
 
87 — 
 
 Mamlawiwi. (mamla- 
 
 wi...) 
 8asagiwi, (easagi...) 
 Nitta. 
 
 Pasodawiwi. 
 
 Pabomiwi. 
 
 Ni. 
 
 Kwask\iai. 
 
 (Wami.,., tabi...) 
 
 Wzomi. 
 
 Mina. 
 
 Askua awasivvi. 
 
 (Kassi , , . ) 
 
 Nobi kassi. 
 
 Aiwa. 
 
 U, iu, u tali. 
 
 Ni, enni, ni tali. 
 
 Kizi. 
 
 Almitebihlok. 
 
 Askua mina. 
 
 Chiga. 
 
 Ni, ni adqji. 
 
 N6wat, negoniwi. 
 
 Wskebi, kizilla. 
 
 Wigodamiwi, (wigo- 
 
 danii ' 
 Kassiwi 
 Pabomiwi. 
 Nalwiwi. 
 Paliwi. 
 Kwajomivvi. 
 Chebiwi. 
 
 \ Much ; abundantly. 
 
 I 
 
 I Straight, directly. 
 -Forthwith, immediate- 
 
 Near, nearly. 
 
 About. 
 
 So ; and. 
 
 Enough . 
 
 Enough. 
 
 Too much. 
 
 More ; again. 
 
 Furthermore, moreover 
 
 So much, so many. 
 
 As much, as many. 
 
 \lmost. 
 
 Here. 
 
 There. 
 
 Already. 
 
 Afterwards. 
 
 Yet, still yet. 
 
 When. 
 ,Thcn. 
 I Formerly. 
 ! Perhaps, 
 I Willingly. 
 I 
 
 I ToiJethcr. 
 I About. 
 I Everywhere. 
 
 Elsewhere. 
 
 Out ; outside. 
 
 Besides. 
 
— 88 — 
 
 Kwolbiwi. I Behind. 
 
 Awasiwi. j Beyond, over. 
 
 Nikuobioji. i Hejiceibrth, lieroal'lor. 
 
 Tasiwi | Upon. 
 
 Waz w a wi, ( wazw a . . . ) Back, backward . 
 
 Nikoniwi, (nikoni... ') Ahead, forward. 
 
 (2. Preposilions.) 
 
 Asma awdimokw. 
 Kisi spozikimuk. 
 Nikoniwi agmak. 
 Kasiwi wijiaa. 
 Kikajiwi chebessagahi- 
 
 ganek. 
 Alomiwi ababskedak. 
 Oji papaioda. 
 Kwelbiwi kloganek. 
 AVskijiwi tawipodik. 
 Naguiwi abonek. 
 Nansawiwi tawzogani- 
 
 kok. 
 Laguiwi niak. 
 Chebiwi awossisak. 
 Weji moni. 
 
 Kwani podawazimuk. 
 Akuobi kistozik. 
 Aknobigek chowagi- 
 
 damwoganal. 
 
 Beibre the \\ ar. 
 After breakfast. 
 Before him. 
 With is brother. 
 Against the wall. 
 
 In the stove. 
 Since his arrival. 
 Behind the door. 
 On the table. 
 Under the bed. 
 Between the windows. 
 
 Towards me. 
 Besides the children. 
 For cash. 
 
 During the council. 
 According tlie decision. 
 According the com- 
 mandments. 
 
 I NoTK. These adverbs iilaced between parenlhesis lueau 
 what is ascribed to them but wlien they are placed belore a, 
 verb, or an adjective, and never can be used otherwise . 
 Nif^oni mojob, he (she) went ahead. 
 
80 
 
 Wskijiwi abakuoganek. i Upon the j-ool', 
 
 Conc'.orniiig (ibr) Ihal 
 
 Weji uilidwogan. 
 
 Pdbomiwi, nisoak mo- ^ About two dollars 
 niak. 
 
 Sobiwi vvhagak. | Through the body. 
 
 Wiwni wi wigwomek. | li'ound the house. 
 Pasodawiwi or pasoji- ! Near us. 
 
 wi niunak. j 
 
 JSeb6i\vi or aseboiwi i Along the fence. 
 
 pemelodigan. 
 Kuajeraiwi aiarnihawi- 1 Out of the churcdi. 
 
 gamigok. i 
 
 Tatebesbawiwiodanak. | Opposite the city. 
 Weji Ilia. ' " 
 
 Lli asokwek. 
 Awasiwi odanak. 
 Pozijiwi ni. 
 
 AS for me, for me, ibr 
 
 my part. 
 tip to the clouds. 
 Beyond the city,village. 
 1 Above that,^ — place. 
 
 (3. Con/ujicfions.) 
 
 Ta, ni 
 
 And ; also. 
 
 Achi. 
 
 Also. 
 
 Kodak . 
 
 Thus ; as. 
 
 "VVzomi. 
 
 For, because. 
 
 Oji ali. 
 
 "Whereas ; because. 
 
 Kanwa. 
 
 But ; however. 
 
 Jaolawi. 
 
 As ; like. 
 
 Ni nawa. 
 
 Therefore, then. 
 
 Toni adoji. 
 
 When. 
 
 OYla. 
 
 Nor. 
 
 Chaga. 
 
 If. 
 
00 — 
 
 loni. 
 
 Kanwa. 
 
 All. 
 
 Mina<niiha. 
 
 Waji ; wajiji, 
 
 Pajitebihloga. 
 
 Ni wattak. 
 
 VVeji aliusatozik 
 
 Tabat, tabatta. 
 
 O'daki. 
 
 Aiaga ; chaga 6da. 
 
 Anegitta. 
 
 Nobi taoL'iAvi. 
 
 Oji ali. 
 
 Oji ali nsatozik. 
 
 Tabat. 
 
 Kaalaki. 
 
 Whether, if. 
 
 Nevertheless. 
 
 That ; becauso. 
 
 Though, aUhougJi. 
 
 That, in order tliat. 
 
 In case, if. 
 
 Therefore ; wherefore. 
 
 For fear that. 
 
 Provided that. 
 
 Rather than. 
 
 TTnloss. 
 
 As soon as. 
 
 As well 'dfi, in the .same 
 
 way as. 
 As ; because. 
 For fear that. 
 Provided thai. 
 Indeed, in reality. 
 
 (4. Interjections.) 
 
 Ahaa ! ] 
 Enni ! | 
 lahi ! [ 
 Wligen I I 
 Aiioo ! J 
 Akkwajala ! 
 Kaamoji ! 
 Ni aiaga ! 
 Saaginogw ! 
 Kdemoginogw ! 
 Wessaginogw ! 
 Saagad ! 
 O'galiguomuk ! 
 
 Exclama lions (express- 
 ing success and satis- 
 faction. 
 
 Articulation.-; express- 
 ing embarrassment. 
 
 Articulations express- 
 ing commiseration or 
 pity. 
 
n 
 
 Wha ! 1 
 
 Nha ! 1 
 
 Kam6ji ! f 
 
 Alliguanogw I J 
 
 Ah! 
 
 Aie! 
 
 Aah! 
 
 Sh't! ') 
 
 Tabat! \ 
 
 Exclamations express- 
 ing derision or irony. 
 
 Exclamations express- 
 ing disapprobation. 
 
 Artie u 1 a t i o n s com- 
 manding silence. 
 
 FAMILIAR niRASES TO FACILITATE 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 (1. Fur questioning, a/firtnin^;, detiijiug, going, 
 
 coming, i\v.) 
 
 Awani na ? 
 Nmitogwes na. 
 Kagui or Kagwes ni ? 
 Wizowimonii sakhilja- 
 
 hon. 
 Toni k'-d-lanohomenni 
 
 sakhiljahon ? 
 Nonnoak moniak. 
 Kagui 11a ? 
 Nawji pai)oldoak, keta- 
 
 gik awdoldoak. 
 Kagui llitoguat ? 
 O'da kagui nodamiwi. 
 Chiga paioan ^ (sing.) 
 
 Wlogwa or wlogoa. 
 
 Who is that ? 
 That's mv father. 
 What is that ? 
 A gold ring. 
 
 How much did you pay 
 
 for that ring '? 
 Five dollars. 
 What is the matter ? 
 Some are playing, the 
 
 others are fighting. 
 What is the news ? 
 Nothing particular. 
 When did you come ? 
 
 (arrive ?) 
 Yesterday. 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 ^f Ilia 
 u. m 
 
 »■»■ 
 
 M 
 21 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 U II 1.6 
 
 v2 
 
 'e7. 
 
 w 
 
 ■i""! 
 
 '/# 
 
 <'>. 
 
 # 
 
 
 ^# •^> 
 
 ^;. 
 
 '/ 
 
 /SS 
 
 J 
 
 %! 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY 14S80 
 
 (716) 873-4S03 
 
 iV 
 
 << 
 
 %^ 
 
 i\ 
 
 \ 
 
 

 
^mm 
 
 92 — 
 
 Kugui askawitoau ? 
 
 N'd-askawiton n'mo- 
 
 II im. 
 Kagui k'-d-eli vizi V 
 N'-d-eliwizi Sozap. 
 Kagui k'-d-idam ? 
 Odatta n'keloziw. 
 Kagui k'-d-elaloka ? 
 
 (sing.) 
 Kagui k'-d-elalokaba ? 
 
 (daul.) 
 Kagui k'-delalokhedi- 
 
 ba? (plur.) 
 N ■ -d- abaz iiodakabena . ^ 
 
 N -d-abaziiodakhedibe- 
 na. 
 
 Kagui kadi nadodema- 
 wian V 
 
 K'kadi nadodemol waji 
 nadmihiau nlhoak 
 moniak. 
 
 Awani u wigvvom ? 
 
 Awani u wigii ? 
 
 Nmossis. 
 
 ( 
 I 
 
 Nichenis. 
 
 What are you Waiting 
 
 for ? 
 I am waiting for my 
 
 money. 
 What is your name ? 
 My name is Joseph. 
 What do you say ? 
 1 don't speak at all. 
 What are you doing i 
 
 (sing.) 
 What are vou doing ? 
 
 (dual) 
 What are you doing ? 
 
 (plur.) 
 We are making bas- 
 kets'. 
 We are making l)as- 
 
 kets. 
 What do you want to 
 
 ask me ? 
 I want to ask you to 
 
 lend me three dollars. 
 
 Whose hou8o is this i 
 Who lives here :* 
 My sister (older than i.) 
 My brother. ) (younger 
 My sister. ) than 1) 
 
 1. N'-ddbazitodakubma is generiilly us"(l when speaking of 
 iwo or inoro persons, il' their iiunibor iB delinile to the spcakor ; 
 but when he has no (iplinite idea ol the nuinl)er of persons 
 performing tiie action, he will say : nUlabaznodakhediOena, 
 we (many of us) make baskets. 
 
9n ■— 
 
 Awani ulil \v'-d-a\vik- 
 
 higanal ? 
 Awani nilil w'pilasko- 
 
 mal? 
 Nidopso ulil w'-d-awik- 
 
 higanal. 
 
 Nitsakaso nilil w'pilas- 
 
 komal. 
 Kagui n'-d-achowi 11a- 
 
 lokabena ? 
 Kagui k'-d-achowi lla- 
 
 lokabena ? ^ 
 K'-d-ac}.»owi mqjibna 
 
 Irpiwi. 
 Av'is. ii kwilawahoan ? 
 Kagui kwilawatoan ? 
 Kagui wmiiadoan ? 
 N'moswa n'waniadon. 
 
 N'vvaniado raoni 
 
 N'waniadon mcni. 
 
 Ni alak. LI a ni. 
 
 K'kizi wloraawalda- 
 mikhoga. 
 
 Akui nitta wluma^v al- 
 ma raziwi awani. 
 
 Aliii ni k'-d-idamen ? 
 
 Whose books are these V 
 
 Whose papers are tho- 
 se ? 
 
 These books are my sis- 
 ter's—belong to my 
 sister. 
 
 Those papers belong to 
 my sister. 
 
 What have we to do ? 
 
 What have we to do ? 
 
 We have to go into the 
 woods. 
 
 Whom do you look for ? 
 
 What do you look for ? 
 
 What have you lost ? 
 
 I lost ray handkerchief, 
 (lit; my handkerchief 
 I lost it.) 
 
 I lost some money. 
 
 I lost the money. 
 
 It is the truth. It is true. 
 i You have heen imposed 
 I upon. 
 
 Don't believe immedia- 
 I tely every body. 
 ; Do you joke ^ 
 
 !. H«re we inclmlfs Iho pet -on or peisorisiu wlium Hit- irjtor- 
 rogation is made; uher as in llio procudijiij; sotiteneo, ice 
 excludes the person or i)eisons jjioken lo ; as givoii in Ut- 
 arf'fe af pronouns, al tlio end oCllni First Part ofihia J»ook. 
 
fmrn 
 
 — 94 — 
 
 O'da k'olomawalmelo. 
 K'ol6ma ; \yl6ma. 
 
 O'da wldmawi ; Ada 
 wlomawiak. 
 
 Wz6mi kolozo. 
 
 Wzomi msAdoak. 
 
 86gnawabigw ; ]c'oz6- 1 Be quiet ; you make 
 
 mi nesktogwziba. too much noicc. (pi.) 
 
 K'wawinawowo na sa- 1 Do you know that man? 
 
 noba ? I (plur.) 
 
 N'wanaldamen w'wizo- ^ I forgot his name. 
 
 wogan. ; 
 
 O'da tabinAffuatowi ni It is not worth while 
 
 I don't believe you. 
 You are in the right ; 
 
 he is in the right. 
 He (she) is not in the 
 
 right ; they are not 
 
 in the right, 
 lie (she) speaks too 
 
 much. 
 They speak too loud. 
 
 tbelodozo. 
 
 to speak of that. 
 
 N'-d-achewaldamen I want you to make 
 
 kolitawin... 
 
 me.. 
 
 Wliwni wji k'olidaha- I thank you for your 
 wogan uia wji. I kindness towards me. 
 
 K'ozomi wlidaho nia ! You are too good to me. 
 wji. i 
 
 N'olilawakftgon ni n'- 1 It affords me pleasure 
 d-elalokan kia vveji. to do that for you. 
 
 (sing.) 
 
 Toni alosaan. 
 Toni alosaak. 
 
 Where are you going? 
 
 (sing.) 
 Where are you going i 
 (plur.) 
 
 Nopaiwi n'-d-elosa. 1 1 am going far — off. 
 O'daabak'kiziwijawiw You can't come with 
 
 me. (sing.) 
 
— 96 — 
 
 Pasojiwi n*-d-elesa. 
 Wijawigw. 
 N'mdg^ wigiak. 
 'Mojo wigiidit. 
 'Mojoak wigiidit. 
 K'ozomi kezosaba. 
 Wzomi mannosak. 
 K'wizaka ? 
 
 Llosada agomek. 
 
 Pkagonda, (lessaguo- 
 gaii, si bo, owdi, etc.) 
 
 Pidigada. 
 Sahobada. 
 Sahosagw. 
 N'-d-aspigoda wa . 
 N'penodawa. 
 U llagosada. 
 Ni alagosaadit. 
 Lagosa alnakaiwi 
 
 (ind. and imp.) 
 O'da llagcsawi pojiwi. 
 
 Sosasaposatta (imp. and 
 ind) 
 
 AVazwassa tagasiwi, 
 {imp. and ind.) 
 
 Petegi mina. 
 
 I am going near by. 
 Gome with me (plur.) 
 I am going home, 
 lie (she) is going home. 
 They are going home. 
 I You walk too faHt. (pi.) 
 They walk too slow. 
 Are you in a great 
 
 hurry ? (sing.) 
 Let us go to the other 
 
 side of the river. 
 Let us cross, (the bridge, 
 
 the river, th«» road, 
 
 etc.) 
 Let us go in. 
 Let us go out. 
 Go out, (plur.) 
 I go up (stairs). 
 I go down (stairs). 
 Let us go this way. 
 They go that way. 
 lie (she) goes to the 
 
 right ; go to the right. 
 He (she) does not go to 
 
 the left. 
 Go straight alono ; ho 
 
 (she) goes straight 
 
 alonff. 
 Go back a little (sing.) 
 
 he (she) goes back u 
 
 little. 
 Go back again (sing). 
 
^m 
 
 06 — 
 
 Akui moji, oai u ka.si\vi 
 
 niuna. 
 Toni wadosaanY (s^.) ( 
 Ton iwadosaakw ?(/?/.) j 
 N'odosa k'wigwomwog 
 N'odosa wigiak. 
 N'odosa nzaKiseA:. * 
 Losa ni. 
 
 VVijawi, (sing.) ) 
 Wijawigw, (pliir.) j 
 Pasodosa skwedak, 
 
 avvazi. 
 K'-d-askawiholji. 
 
 Skawihigw u tali. 
 Towdana klogau, taw- 
 
 zogan. 
 Kebaha kloiranal ta 
 
 tawzoganal. 
 N'raoji wigiak Jiikwobi. 
 Sabaji u miua n'paitii. 
 
 Nobitta ui tafebat 
 w'paion ala oda. 
 
 K'tabin6gwzin6 k'sa- 
 zambogaiu). 
 
 Mamagahobanik weji 
 pobalainwogaii. 
 
 Don't go away, stay 
 
 here with us. 
 Where do you corao 
 
 from ' 
 1 come from your house. 
 I como from home. 
 I come from my uncle's 
 Go there, (sing.) 
 
 Come (along) with mo. 
 
 Come near the fire, 
 warm yourself 
 
 I will wait for you, 
 (sing.) 
 
 Wait for mL' here, (sing). 
 
 Open the door, the 
 window, (sing ) 
 
 Shut the doors and the 
 windows. 
 
 I go home now. 
 
 To-morrow I will come 
 here again {lit. to-mor- 
 row will here again 
 I come at.) 
 
 Tt is all the same ^\ he- 
 ther he comes or not. 
 
 You deserve to be whi]>- 
 ped. (pi.) 
 
 They have])een ill trea- 
 ted lor religion's sake. 
 
 ♦ Sef llii! »»\|>I.in.iUoiisr'on<i'riiiij('; tli<M»M-ms of r>'lalion»lii|i 
 
 pugf 'I'i. 
 
97- 
 
 K'-d-akwamalsoiiiog- 
 
 wzi. 
 Pazogo Apdalmo,kedak 
 
 melisja. 
 Azo paami wawodam 
 
 odaki Pial. 
 Wilawigoak tatebiwi. 
 Saagigoak tatebiwi ? 
 
 Saagigoak tatebiwi. 
 
 Nobi w'toji wilawigiu 
 taholawi widokana. 
 
 Kakaswi almi kcbiaoo- 
 it, kakaswi kagapsa. 
 
 Kakaswi almi alokaa, 
 
 kakaswi n'olowzi. 
 Toniji kwaiii wlideb'a- 
 
 lokaa n'kezalraegw- 
 
 ziji. 
 O'da n'tabi wilawigiw 
 
 waji ni manohoma. 
 Paami nabi paiak pa- 
 
 mekisgak odaki attoji 
 
 paiodit. 
 K'mamlawi nodosaiii 
 
 odaki agma. 
 N'-d-eli\vlaldamaw6n 
 
 w'-d-elosan kpiwi. 
 Kakaswi kagapsa almi 
 
 kchaioit. 
 7 
 
 You look sick. 
 
 One laughs, and the 
 ■ other weeps. 
 John is wiser than 
 
 Peter. 
 They are both rich. 
 Are they both indus- 
 
 trioas ? 
 Thoy are both indus- 
 trious. 
 He (she) is as ricli as his 
 
 (her) brother. 
 The older he (she] 
 
 grows, the deafer he 
 
 (she) is. 
 ! The more I work, the 
 j bettor off I am. 
 : As long as I shall be- 
 ' have well, I will be 
 
 loved. 
 I am not rich enough 
 
 to buy that. 
 They arrived to-day 
 
 sooner than they 
 
 usually do. 
 You are by iar not so 
 
 strong as he is. 
 1 give him leave to go 
 
 to tlie woods. 
 The older he grows, the 
 
 deafer he is. 
 
98 — 
 
 Kakaswi n' - d - aloka, 
 kaswi n'saagowzi. 
 
 Azo adali wawinak 
 weji mziwi agakirao- 
 gik. 
 
 The more I work, the 
 more needy I am. 
 
 John is the most ad- 
 vanced of all my 
 scholars. 
 
 (2. To inqiv're after health.) 
 
 Paakuinogwzian, nijia. 
 Toni k-d-6116\vzin Y 
 N'wowlowzi pita. 
 
 Toni k-d-awossissemak 
 w'-d-6116wzin6 ? 
 
 Wowlowzoak mziwi 
 
 Toni kigawes w'd-61- 
 
 lowzin ? 
 
 O'da kuina wowlowzi- 
 \vi. 
 
 Kagui lowza ? 
 
 Wesguinogana mzena. 
 N'-d-elsedam knojikw 
 
 agua achi momada- 
 
 malso. 
 Llaki ni, w'kuedogan 
 
 w'-d-akuamadamen . 
 Nowat wa awossis w'- 
 
 noii nkwamaieiii ? 
 O'da kuina nowat. 
 K'wajonem nbizonal. 
 
 Good morning, 8ir ^ 
 How do you do ? 
 Very well, (lit : I am 
 
 very well.) 
 How do your children 
 
 do? 
 They are all well. 
 How does your mother 
 
 do? 
 She is not (very) well. 
 
 What is her illness ? 
 
 (what ails her?) 
 She has got a cold. 
 1 have heard your uncle 
 
 is also unwell. 
 
 So it is, he has got a 
 sore throat. 
 
 Has this rhild hcen sick 
 now a long time ? 
 
 No, not very long. 
 
 Have you any medici- 
 nes ? 
 
 1. Note. — iVyia (my brolhor) is used instead oi Sir in Englisli. 
 
— 99 — 
 
 N'meaalto wli nbizonal. 
 N'wi^fodam iii alsedo- 
 
 Ian. 
 
 I have many good me- 
 dicines. 
 
 I am happy to hear you 
 say so. 
 
 (3. Of the Age.) 
 
 K'kasigadema "? 
 Nisinska n'kasigadema. 
 Kasigademak kmitog- 
 
 Aves la kigawes ? 
 Nmitogwes nguedoz 
 
 kasinska kasigadema. 
 
 ni nigawes nonnins- 
 
 ka. 
 Pita kizi kchiaoo nmito 
 
 How old are you ? 
 
 I am twenty years old. 
 
 How old are your lather, 
 
 and your mother ? 
 My father is sixty yearn 
 
 old, and my mother 
 
 fifty. 
 
 My father is already 
 
 very old. 
 My mother looks older 
 
 than she is. 
 
 gwes. 
 Nigawes paami kchiai- 
 
 nogwezo odaki kasi- 
 
 gademad. 
 Wfrki alnobao ; wski He is a young man ; 
 
 phanemoo. | she is a young woman. 
 
 Afekua pita k'nahnoga- You are yet active; (vi- 
 
 mato, olawi pita k'ki- 1 gorousj, although 
 
 very old 
 I thank tlie Lord who 
 
 chiawwi. 
 N'-d-alamizowi wah- 
 wogomo Tabaldak 
 
 gives me good health 
 in niv ai:e. 
 
 milit soglamalsowo- 
 
 gaii akwobigademaa 
 K kasigadema taholawi | Are you ol my ago i 
 
 nia ? 
 N'kasigadema taholawi I am of your age, of his 
 
 kia, taholawi agma. i age. 
 
— 100 — 
 
 Nia adali kchiawwia. 
 Nia adali awossiswia. 
 Awani paami kchiaw- 
 
 wit kiuwo nisiwi ? 
 Awani adali kohiawwit 
 
 kiuwo nloiwi ? 
 Nia. 
 K'kasobaiba ? 
 
 N'liisobaibena, n'neso- 
 
 baibena, n'iawobai- 
 
 bona. 
 O'da n'wajono {or n'wa- 
 
 joiiow) nijia, or oda 
 
 n'owijiaiw. 
 (-)'da 'waj onawi wijiaa, 
 
 or 6'da wijiaiwi. 
 O'da wajunawi widob- 
 
 soa, or oda widob- 
 
 gomiwi. 
 Kasoak a w 6 s s i s a k 
 
 k'wajono ? 
 N'wajono n g u e d 6 z 
 
 awossisak : nisoak 
 
 wskinnosisak ta ia- 
 
 wak uokskuasisak. 
 
 Kasigadema adali 
 kchiaowit k'-d-awos- 
 sisem ? 
 
 Adali kchiaowit n'-d- 
 awossisem iigiiedoz 
 kasonkaw kasigade- 
 ma. 
 
 I am the oldest 
 I am the youngest. 
 "Who is the oldest of 
 
 you two ? 
 Who is the oldest of 
 
 you three ? 
 It is I. 
 How many brothers are 
 
 you ? 
 We are two ])roihors, 
 
 three, four l)rothers. 
 
 I have no brother. 
 
 IIo Jias no brothor. 
 
 She has no brother ; 
 he has no sister. 
 
 How many children 
 have you ? 
 
 I have six children : 
 two boys and four 
 girls, {liter a/ ft/ : two 
 little boys and i'our 
 little girls.) 
 
 How old is the oldest 
 of your children ? 
 (your oldest child). 
 
 The oldest of my chil- 
 dren is sixteen years 
 of age. 
 
— 101 — 
 
 Kasigadema alo \va 
 
 wski alnoba ? 
 Awodsisoo ask a a pita, 
 
 kanwa kwcnakuezo. 
 Nadawiwi nikuuV)i 
 
 pmowzowiiiiiio kwe- 
 
 nowzo nguedatgua. 
 Nmahom nikwobi 
 
 iiguodatguat taba iaw 
 
 kasigadema. 
 
 IIow old may this 
 younir man bo Y 
 
 lie is young yet, but 
 ho is tall. 
 
 It is seldom that a per- 
 son now lives to the 
 age of a hundred years 
 
 My grandfather is now 
 a hundred and four 
 years of age. 
 
 (4. On the hour.) 
 
 Kasomkipoda ato nek- What oclock may it be 
 
 wobi ? 
 Nguedomkipoda pabo 
 
 miwi. 
 Tab^natta sokhobaii. 
 
 nov 
 
 It is about one o'clock 
 
 The day-break will 
 I soon appear. 
 Kisos sokhipozo. JThe sun is rising. 
 
 Kizi nOwwat chakuat. It is late (speaking in 
 
 the morning). 
 O'da, askuaxntaspozoo. I No, it is early yet (in 
 
 the morning.) 
 How late may it be (in 
 
 the day) ? 
 It is already noon. 
 It is just noon now. 
 
 T6ni ato kwobkisgad ? 
 
 Kizi paskua. 
 Kwaskuai paskua nik 
 
 wobi. 
 Mqjob kizi paskuat 
 
 nisomkipodak. 
 Pagadosab nguedoz 
 
 kasomkipodak spo- 
 
 zowiwi. 
 
 He started after 
 twelve o'clock (noon) 
 
 He came back at 
 six o'clock in the 
 morning. 
 
— 102 — 
 
 Kizi iikihla. 
 
 Kizi ato kamojitebakad 
 
 O'da, asma nodamite- 
 bakadowi. 
 
 Kizi nowitebakad ? 
 
 O'da, asm*, nowiteba- 
 kadowi. 
 
 Kizi nikwobi paarai 
 {or awasiwi) nowite- 
 bakad. 
 
 N'mqjiji kizi nowite- 
 bakka. 
 
 Paiab nahiiuwitebakka. 
 
 K'ospozi toki wiga 
 
 w6ji\vi i (sing.) 
 K'ospozi tokiba wiga 
 
 wojiwi ? (plur.) 
 N'ospdzi tokiben^ ma- 
 
 jimiwi. 
 Chowi spozi tokiii ma- 
 
 jimiwi. 
 O'miki, (or omki), nijia, 
 
 kizi chakaat. 
 K'sazigodam ; k'ozomi 
 
 sazipkekw^si. 
 Asma noliwi kas6m- 
 
 kipodawi. 
 Kina papisookuazik, 
 
 kizi mdala kasomki- 
 
 poda. 
 
 It is sun down. 
 
 It must be lato in tlio 
 night. 
 
 No, it is not y«*t late 
 (in the night.) 
 
 Is it already midnight ? 
 
 No, it is not yet mid- 
 night. 
 
 It is now midnight 
 past. 
 
 I will start after mid- 
 night 
 
 He (she) came at mid- 
 night. 
 
 Do you generally get up 
 e^rly in the morn- 
 ing ? 
 
 We always get up early 
 
 in the morning. 
 One must always get 
 
 up early 
 Get up, my brother, it 
 
 is day light. 
 You are lazy ; you . 
 
 sleep too long. 
 It is not yet nine 
 
 o'clock. 
 See the clock, it is 
 
 already ten o'clock. 
 
— loa 
 
 Tlial clock is not going. 
 I did not wind it up. 
 
 ()*daani mojowiwi pa- 
 
 pisookuazik. 
 ( )'da n'-d-a8pi^uo]>a- 
 
 khamowenab. 
 Tebaikisosogan mojoo -The watoh is going ; it 
 
 kizi mdala taba pa-, is now (already) half 
 
 basiwi. | past t«'n. 
 
 Adoji ndup akuamada- I have such a headache, 
 
 ma, odaaba n'kizi ! I can't got up now. 
 
 omikiw nikwobi. i 
 Toni w'toji nkihlon (or At what time does the 
 nkosan) kisos nikwobi 1 sun sot ? 
 Nkihla ngueduz taba It sets at hall' past six 
 
 pabasiwi. 
 
 (o'clock). 
 
 Chiga k'mdjiba wigi-j When will you go ho- 
 
 akw ? I me ? 
 
 Nmojibenaji wigiak l\Ve will go homo at 
 
 kwaskuai nonnom 
 
 kipodaga. 
 Tebaikisosogan u {or u 
 
 tebaikisosogan) pita 
 
 wligou. 
 Wli tebaikisosogan u. 
 Toni llowado ? 
 
 Llowado nisi n ska taba 
 
 nolan moniak. 
 Kizi u aawakarauk. 
 
 N"tebhikisos6gan wzo 
 
 mi kezosao. 
 Nia wzomi mannosao. 
 
 five o'clock precisely. 
 
 This watch is very fine 
 (or very irood.) 
 
 This is a good watch. 
 How much did it cost ? 
 
 It cost twenty live 
 
 dollars. 
 It is a second hand 
 
 watch. 
 My watch goes too fast. 
 
 Mine 0*068 too slow. 
 
— 104 — 
 
 Agma wlosao, 
 
 Wkiz'onkohlon \v'te- 
 
 bhikisosogan. 
 N'kizonkohlonana 
 
 n'iebhibizosoganna. 
 
 K'kiz'onkohlonana k'te- 
 bhikizosoganna. 
 
 His keeps the right 
 
 time. 
 He has sold his watch. 
 
 "We have sold our 
 watch, (we, you ex- 
 cluded.) 
 
 We have sold our 
 watch, (we, t/ou in- 
 cluded.) 
 
 (5. On the ire either.) 
 
 Toni llekisgad. 
 
 Wlekisffad. 
 
 Oda wlekisgadwi. 
 
 Majkisgad. 
 
 Pita majkisgad, or pita 
 
 neskekisgad. 
 Asokwad ^ 
 Asokwad. 
 Wli kakasakwad. 
 Kisosoo. 
 O'da kisoswiwi. 
 Posgawaii. 
 Kzelomsenoso. 
 Kinlomsen. 
 
 Tkelomsen. 
 Sakpoiomsen. 
 N'-d-elaldam soglonji 
 
 pamekisgak. 
 Soglonoso askiia. 
 
 How is the weather ? 
 
 It is fine weather. 
 
 It is not fine weather. 
 
 It is bad weather. 
 
 The weather is very 
 bad. 
 
 Is it cloudy ? 
 
 It is cloudy. 
 
 It is clear fair weather. 
 
 The sun shines. 
 
 The sun does not shine. 
 
 It is foggy. 
 
 It blows a little. 
 
 It blows hard, it is stor- 
 my. 
 
 The wind blows cold. 
 
 It blows a gale. 
 
 1 think it will rain to- 
 day. 
 
 It rains a little yet. 
 
106 
 
 Kizi akwloii. 
 Askua pson. 
 8ogl6nji miiia pita 
 
 nabiwi. 
 Noli wissebagezi. 
 Nia achi u' wissebagezi. 
 O'cla kiuwo k'wissege- 
 
 zippa ? 
 Noli wissebagezibena. 
 O'da n'wajonemoppena 
 
 obagawatahigan. 
 N'namiho managuon. 
 Idoza ni agua kadawi 
 
 ■\vawlekisgad. 
 O'da majimiwi, wzomi 
 
 nongueji askua pe- 
 
 padloii kogasogueni- 
 
 wi. 
 Wawamamguat ali pi- 
 
 lowelomsek. 
 K'kinlonamibena walo- 
 
 guiga. 
 
 Toni aiiakwza kwaiii 
 
 padogiiwik ? 
 N'-d-aib kikonek moja 
 
 padogiiwik. 
 K'nodam nawa kagui 
 
 Hi wagaloka padogi ? 
 
 Padogi pagessin aiami- 
 
 hawigamigok. 
 O'da awanihi nlilawi ? 
 
 The rain is over. 
 
 It is snowing yet. 
 
 It will rain again very 
 
 soon. 
 I am all wet. 
 I am wet too. 
 Are you not wet ? (pi.) 
 
 We are all wet. 
 
 We have no umbrella. 
 
 I see the rain})ow. 
 
 They say that it is a 
 sign of fine weather. 
 
 Not always, because it 
 sometimes rains for 
 many days after. 
 
 One perceives that the 
 wind is changed. 
 
 AVe had a great storm 
 yesterday in the eve- 
 ning. 
 
 Where were you during 
 the thunder storm. 
 
 I was in the field when 
 it began to thunder. 
 
 Did you hear that the 
 thunder has done any 
 damage Y 
 
 The thunder-bolt fell 
 upon the church. 
 
 Did it kill any body ? 
 
— 10(5 — 
 
 Asma wawalraeguado- 
 
 wi. 
 Pilaskwikouji chowi 
 
 nodoguaJ. 
 
 Melikafc>kadenji saba. 
 
 Kizi nikwobi meliki 
 keladen. 
 
 O'da m6lhidah6mgua- 
 dowi : kwaskuai nik- 
 wobi nowi ppon. 
 
 N'kwaskuaji pita. 
 
 Pidiga, nodawazi. 
 
 Neljial obizmo^oowal. 
 Kamgueiia tkebik. 
 
 O'da n'-d-elaidamovve- 
 
 nab ali tkebi wligek 
 
 weji ni. 
 Kizi kuinatta msogua- 
 
 ta. 
 Llaguinoguat pitaji 
 
 mliki i^pon pamika- 
 
 dek. 
 I*ita tkelomsem pami 
 
 kizi paskuak. 
 
 It. is not known yet. 
 
 The newspapers will 
 not fail to give an 
 account of it. 
 
 We shall have a hard 
 frost to-morrow. 
 
 It freezes very hard 
 now. 
 
 It is not surprising : we 
 are in the middle of 
 winter. 
 
 I am very cold. 
 I Come in and warm 
 I your self. 
 
 My fingers are benum- 
 bed with cold. 
 
 Steep them in cold wa- 
 ter. 
 
 I didn't think that cold 
 water was good for 
 that. 
 
 The snow is quite deep 
 already. 
 
 It is likely to be sharp 
 this year. 
 
 The wind blows very 
 cold this afternoon. 
 
— m — 
 
 (6. On the lime of the niglU.) 
 
 Kizi adoji mojimuk, 
 
 kizi kamodloguihla. 
 Kamoji k'wizaka, asma 
 
 noliwi kasomkipo- 
 
 dawi. 
 Noliwi V Kizi noliwi 
 
 taba pabasiwi. 
 
 Kagui wisakaman ? as- 
 ma nodamitebakado- 
 wi. 
 
 Wzomiga n'kawi maji- 
 
 niwi mdala kasom- 
 
 kipodak. 
 Adoji nadawiwi paioan 
 
 k'-d-achoiba p a a m i 
 
 sipkabi. 
 Akuiga kagui llalda, 
 
 n'pakaldamikhowab 
 
 aliji pagadosaa asma 
 
 mdala kasomkipo- 
 
 dannokw. 
 N'-d-eli nkawatzi aliji 
 
 saba paami sipkodo- 
 
 kaziakw. 
 Ni weji aiagaji paami 
 
 nabi paioana. 
 N paioji asma p e z- 
 
 danuogw. 
 Adio. 
 
 It is time to go, it 
 
 ■ grows late. 
 You are in a great 
 
 hurry, it is not yet 
 
 nine o'clock. 
 Nine ( o'clock ? ) it is 
 
 already half past 
 
 nine. 
 AVhat harries you away 
 
 so soon ? it is not 
 
 late, (speaking of the 
 
 night.) 
 It is because I usually 
 
 go to bed at ten 
 
 o'clock. 
 You come so seldom 
 
 that you ought to 
 
 stop a little longer. 
 You '11 excuse me, (/e7 : 
 
 be not offended,) I 
 
 promised to be at 
 
 home before ten 
 
 o'clock. 
 I hope to-morrow we 
 
 will be (talking) 
 
 longer together. 
 For that you will have 
 
 to come earlier. 
 I'll be here before dark. 
 
 Goodbye. 
 
mm 
 
 — 108 — 
 
 (7. On arriving at the hotel) 
 
 Nidobak, u pita wlilebi 
 no^uad soghebaiga- 
 migw. 
 
 K'nawadosanana nawa 
 u? 
 
 ridigada. 
 
 N'kiziba tosgomenana 
 u? 
 
 Pakalmeguat. 
 
 K'wajonem nawa alo- 
 msagol sigwtagil ? 
 
 Kalaato, k'meznembaji 
 walojowigil al6m- 
 sagwsisal ta abonal 
 walikkil u tali. 
 
 Lli wlalda k'olitebi pon- 
 san, wzomi taketa 
 nonogajibena. 
 
 Azo, llosala ugik wdo- 
 winiioak kchi alom- 
 sagok, ni k'olitebi 
 ponsaii nitta. 
 
 Lli wlalda k'namitlin 
 alomsagw toiii acho- 
 wi tosgoma. 
 
 Mali, wdena wasaiiemo- 
 gan ni k'nqji namit- 
 lon wa wdowinno 
 w'-d-al6m'""*om. 
 
 N'kiziba m: . ^a alom- 
 sagw owaik alagw- 
 tag? 
 
 My friends, here is a 
 respectable looking 
 inn. 
 
 Shall we alight here ? 
 
 Let us go in. 
 
 Can we stop over night 
 here ? 
 
 Of course. 
 
 Have you any spare 
 rooms ? 
 
 Yes, gentlemen, you 
 will find handsome- 
 ly-furnished rooms 
 and good beds here. 
 
 Please make a good fire, 
 for we are benumbed 
 with cold. 
 
 John, show the gentle- 
 men into the parlour, 
 and make a good lire 
 immediately. 
 
 Please let me see the 
 room I am to sleep 
 in. 
 
 Here, Mary, take a can- 
 dle and show the 
 gentleman to his 
 room. 
 
 Can I have a room loo- 
 king into the street ? 
 
— 109 — 
 
 (J adali wligek u tali 
 wigwomek. 
 
 K'-d-eli wlaldamenba 
 k'tokimin nonomki- 
 podaga sposowiwi ? 
 
 Kalaato, odaaba n'wa- 
 naldamowen. 
 
 Sir, here is the best in 
 
 the house. 
 Would you (be so kind 
 
 as to) awake me up 
 
 it five o'clock in the 
 
 morning ? 
 Yes, Sir i, I will not 
 
 forget it. 
 
 (8. To embark in a ship.) 
 
 Nidoba, k'kiziba Ihin 
 toni li ao u ktolagw 
 alosaik Plachmon- 
 kik y 
 
 N'-d-elaldam ao paze- 
 gwen. 
 
 K'kiziba Ihin toni li 
 mqjoo pamekisgak ? 
 
 N'-d-elaldam pamekis- 
 gak, kanwa waji 
 pakaldaman, k'-d- 
 achowiba klolo cap- 
 tin. 
 
 loni ait ? 
 
 W '-d-al6msagomek. 
 
 Toni aik w'-d-al6msa- 
 gora, ala w'wigwom? 
 
 My friend, can you tell 
 me if there is a ship 
 in the harbour going 
 to France ? 
 
 I believe there is one. 
 
 Can you tell me if she 
 
 sails to-day ? 
 I believe she will ; but 
 
 to make sure, you 
 
 must speak to the 
 
 captain. 
 
 Where is he ? 
 In his office, (room). 
 Where is his office, or 
 his house ? 
 
 I. The term " Sir " or " Gentl'^man ", e\j)iv^.sed in Ahoiia- 
 kis by Wdowinno, which means : man of high class, is always 
 omitted in this language, when ue address Iho person or 
 persons themselves 
 
■^ai 
 
 --U0 — 
 
 The captain lives in the 
 Main street, No 55, 
 beyond the post- 
 office. 
 
 He is in his ofTice now. 
 
 Grood morning, captain, 
 when do you expect 
 to sail ■ 
 I shall go by the lirst 
 tide to-morrow, if the 
 wind is favourable. 
 Why don't you go to- 
 day by the next tide ? 
 mittaminatamagak i 
 AYzomiga w'-d-ain6 ko- 1 It is because I have se- 
 gaswak pmoweowin- j veral [)ersons (passen- 
 noak kizi pakalda- 1 gers) to whom I have 
 mikhogik aliba oda j promised not to sail 
 
 Captin ao {or wigo) 
 kchi owdik, nonnins- 
 ka taba nolan ala- 
 gimguak, aw^asiwi 
 post'office-ek. 
 
 Kizi w'-d-ain w'-d-o/AVe- 
 mek. 
 
 Paakuinogwzian, kap- 
 tin, chiga k'-d-elal- 
 dam k'mojaaksi. 
 
 N'mojiji almitta ntami 
 tamagak saba, wlite- 
 belomsega. 
 
 Kagui waji oda mqjiw- 
 waii pcimekisgak al- 
 
 mojiwwa nodoiwi 
 saba ; ta achi oda 
 maowelomsenwi pa- 
 meloguik. 
 Toni llowado alholdi- 
 muk V 
 
 before to-morrow ; 
 and moreover the 
 wind is not fair this 
 
 evening. 
 
 What is the fare for the 
 passage ^ 
 
 Nisinska taba nolan mo- ! Twentviive dolhrs and 
 
 niak taba pabasiwi. i a half. 
 N"-d-ilh« gaab ali wibi- I was told it was only 
 
 wi mdala. | ten. 
 
 Toniji kweni pmakan- 
 
 ninana sobagok ? 
 
 IIow long shall we ho 
 at sea i 
 
— Ill — 
 
 O'daaba n'kizi idamo- I can't tell exactly, 
 
 wen kwaskuai, \vz6- because at the season 
 
 mi u akwobigadek the wind is uncer- 
 
 kzelomsen oda pakal- tain, 
 meguadowi. 
 
 (9. On the point of leaving.) 
 
 Ni nikwobi, nidobak, Now, my friends, we 
 k'kizi spozipibena ta 
 
 odabibena, ni k'-d-a 
 chowi kistonana toni 
 k'-d-elkanninana li 
 (orlli) London. 
 
 Ao peg'ua kogasnol 
 owdial waji ni losa- 
 muk ? 
 
 O'hco, k'kizi sasagosa- 
 bena ta Hi London 
 stimbotek, ala k'pika- 
 gobena Hi Dover ni 
 niwji alnahlagwow- 
 dik Hi London. 
 
 Nadoderaokada chiga 
 mqjahla stimbot. 
 
 N'-d-ilhega ali mojah- 
 log kwaskuai nonom- 
 kipodaga. 
 
 ritaui wlitebosao kiu- 
 na wji ; ni anegi ni- 
 somkipodak, k'wajo- 
 nemebenaji kisokw 
 waji pabomosaakw 
 ta namitoagw odana. 
 
 have had our break- 
 fast and rested oursel- 
 ves, we must decide 
 which way we shaH 
 go to London. 
 Are there several ways 
 of going there ? 
 
 Yes, we can go direct 
 to London by the 
 steamer, or else cross 
 to Dover, and thence 
 to London l)y the 
 railway. 
 
 Let us inquire when 
 the steamboat starts. 
 
 I am told that she lea- 
 ves at five o'clock 
 sharp. 
 
 That suits us very well; 
 it is but two o'clock, 
 we shall have time 
 to walk (about) and 
 see the city. 
 
112 — 
 
 Kizi iawomkipoda 
 mjessala nouonkaw, 
 k'-d-acho\vi petegi- 
 bena Uaguivvi mami- 
 litiganek. 
 
 It is a quarter to four, 
 we must turn our 
 steps towards tlio 
 whari*. 
 
 (10. On board ike deamhoat.) 
 
 Ni kizi k'pozinana. 
 K'nodamen engine alto- 
 
 guak ? 
 O'da ni wibiwi, achi 
 
 n'wawamadamen ali 
 
 nanamipodak slim- 
 
 bot. 
 Kagui k'-d-el6wzi ? 
 
 K'pilwinogwzi. 
 O'da n'olitebainalsiw ; 
 
 n'majilawoji paami 
 
 sibkabiona u w^skido- 
 
 lagua. 
 Niga, losada kchi alum- 
 
 kagok. 
 Kizi k'-d-akuamalsi ? 
 ( )'da (or odaagaki) take- 
 
 ta, kanwa pita n'ma- 
 
 jilawaamalsi. 
 Niagaki wji, oda kagui 
 
 u'-d-iiliogowen so})a- 
 
 Now we are on board. 
 Do you hear the noise 
 
 of the engine ? 
 Not only that, but I also 
 
 feel the steamboat 
 
 shaking. 
 
 What is the matter with 
 you ? You look pale. 
 
 I don't feel very well ; 
 I shall be sea- sick if 
 1 remain longer on 
 deck. 
 
 Then, let us go in the 
 main cabin. 
 
 Are you sick already ? 
 
 Not exactly, but rather 
 qualmish. 
 
 As lor mo, T am not 
 subject to sea-sickness. 
 
113 — 
 
 Kizi ii'mawiaamalsi. j I feel better now. We 
 K'kiziji nikwobi ii can remain here now, 
 
 oainana, waji vvlitebi 
 namitoagw wigvvo- 
 mal tali Dover, 
 Tabenatta k'nodaguhlo- 
 bona ; kizi pazobin 
 
 nodagakik. 
 
 so as to see distinctly 
 • the houses at Dover. 
 
 We shall soon arrive 
 (land) ; we are in 
 sight of land. 
 
 Kagui w^eji ? 
 Wzomiga oda n'odoliw 
 
 (11. On Trave/lini*' b// water in the Indian country) 
 
 Nidoba chiga k'pozi-. Friend, when shall we 
 
 bena ? | embark ? 
 
 O'da nVawaldomo- ; I don't know ; I will 
 wen ; odaaba alwa ! probably not be able 
 n'kizi mojiw pama- to start this week, 
 lakamuk. 
 
 Why? 
 
 Because I have no 
 , canoe. 
 K'kadawtoli nawa ? | Do you inttnid to make 
 
 I a canoe ? 
 Ohoo, n'olitoji pazeg- 1 Yes, I will make one 
 wen nabiwi ; kizi I soon ; 1 have the 
 n'wajonemen mas- 1 bark already, 
 kua. i 
 
 K'wajono koksk kasi ! Have you all the cedar 
 
 chowalmoan ? , you a\ ant V 
 
 ()h66, n'wajono. Yes, I have. 
 
 K'nitowtoli, nidoba. , You arc skilful in mak- 
 
 I iug canoes, my friend. 
 Nowatga n'noji tolin. It is a long while since 
 
 I have constantly 
 
 8 
 
 made canoes. 
 
Hi — 
 
 Wlilawi iiiaachi puz^g- 
 w oil, nidoba ; k'olo- 
 bankolji. 
 
 K'olitolji pazegwen. 
 
 U k'dol, iiijia ; kmaho- 
 winameii ? 
 
 Kalaaio, iiidoba. 
 Chowi ato melikigeii. 
 U k'monim. 
 AVliwni, nijia, k'olitebi 
 
 obaiikawi. 
 K'pozibenaji Kissanda- 
 
 ga. awibega. 
 N'meskawo nisoak 
 
 w.ski aliiobak Avaji 
 
 wijawgoagw. 
 Niowibiak ? 
 Mgeiiiganak, or nigeui- 
 
 gauooak. 
 O'da atoba paamadowi 
 
 k'-d-odolibianaria ? 
 N'-d-elaldam wligenl)a; 
 
 paami kesihlon odoli- 
 
 biamiik odaki paiiii- 
 
 biamuk. 
 Niga, kwilawaha odo- 
 
 libioganak. 
 Haw, haw, nidobak ! 
 
 pozoldinaj ! i)ita 
 
 wlawiben. 
 
 Make also one for me, 
 my friend ; I will 
 pay you well. 
 
 I will make you one. 
 
 Here is your canoe, my 
 brother ; do you like 
 it ? 
 
 Certainly, friend. 
 
 1 suppose it is strong. 
 
 Here is your money. 
 
 Thank you, brother, 
 you i)ay me well. 
 
 We will embark Mon- 
 day, ii' it is calm 
 
 I have found t^vo 
 young fellows to 
 come with us. 
 
 Are they good paddlers? 
 
 First rate. 
 
 Would it not be better 
 that we should row ? 
 
 I think it would be 
 good ; we go quicker 
 by rowing, than by 
 paddling. 
 
 Well, look for the oars. 
 
 Halloo, halloo, my 
 friends ! Let us em- 
 bark ! It is very calm. 
 
— 115 
 
 Kaalatia wlowiben. 
 
 Postoclameziwi k'-d- 
 
 ahimnawal. 
 laha, wskinnosisak, me- 
 
 liki odolibiagw 
 Kakaswi kzelomseii ; 
 
 wlitebelomsen ; si- 
 
 bakhahamoda. 
 Enni ! kamoji kksak- 
 
 sibena 
 Sam, wlitebokwaa ; 
 
 wli nsato senal. 
 Kakaswi kinlomsen ; 
 
 kakaswi achi kino- 
 
 tego. 
 
 Kaamoji ! k'pozogobe- 
 
 na. 
 Ponagia sibakhigaii. 
 Pitaji tabena sakpono- 
 
 guat ; uodagakik lla- 
 
 chowitoda, ala k'ma- 
 
 chinabena. 
 Sibo u ao paaqjiwi ? 
 Sibos u Bogdahla 
 
 pasojiwi ; iiiji ali- 
 
 phowaakw. 
 Ni ilokuaa, Sam. 
 
 Ni k'polowanana. 
 
 Sakponoguat ! Kina 
 nebes alinoguak ! 
 
 It is vory «alm indeod. 
 
 Let us embark all our 
 
 luggage. 
 Now, l)oys,row smartly. 
 
 Thoro is more and more 
 wind ; the wind is 
 fair ; let us sail. 
 
 Aha ! we are sailing 
 very fast. 
 
 Sam, steer well ; look 
 out for the rocks. 
 
 It blows harder and 
 harder ; and the sea 
 runs higher and 
 higher. 
 
 Ah ! the waves come 
 in. 
 
 Take down the sail. 
 
 It will be dreadful ; let 
 us go towards the 
 shore, lest we perish. 
 
 Is there a river near ? 
 A small river comes in 
 near here ; we will 
 11 V there. 
 Steer for that place, 
 
 Sam. 
 Now we ^ ^ out of 
 
 danger. "" 
 I A dreadful time ! See, 
 ' how the lake looks ! 
 
IIB 
 
 Kizillaji k'd-ali sipki 
 kezodhogonana u. 
 
 Sibagtaamoda woobak- 
 sigamigw u tali, 
 wskinnosisak, kadi 
 sogioii ; asokwad. 
 
 Kizi soglon. 
 
 Fidigado k'-d-ahimna- 
 waJ. 
 
 K'-d-achovvi spozi mo- 
 jibena, wlekisgaka. 
 
 We will perhnps be 
 long wind-bound 
 here. 
 
 Let us pitch th»' tent 
 here, boys, it will 
 rain ; it is cloudy. 
 
 It is raining now. 
 Bring in our Inggage. 
 
 We must start early in 
 morning, if it is line 
 weather. 
 
 12. Usual conversation between two Indians, when 
 they meet together in their hunting ground. 
 
 Kuai ! kuai ! ! paakui- 
 
 nogwzian, toni k'-d- 
 
 olUwzin ^ 
 N'wowlowzi, kia nawa 
 
 toni? 
 N'wowlowzi nia achi, 
 
 wliwni ni. 
 Toni nawa k'-d-611alme- 
 
 gon ? 
 N'olalmegwga pita j^a- 
 
 malokamuk. 
 N'pitho nisinska tma- 
 
 knaL nonnoak 
 
 wnegigwak. 
 K'kelho nawa mosba- 
 
 sak? 
 
 Halloo ! halloo ! ! I am 
 
 glad to see you, how 
 
 do you do V 
 1 am very well, and 
 
 you ? 
 I am very well, thank 
 
 you. 
 What luck have you 
 
 had? 
 I have been very lucky 
 
 this week. 
 I have i'aught twenty 
 
 beavers and five 
 
 otters. 
 Did you catch any 
 
 minks ? 
 
— 117 
 
 N'kelhonguedoz kas6n 
 
 kaw. 
 
 N'nihlu achi awasos. i 
 Wikao ? i 
 
 Kinigomo | 
 
 Kia nawa toni k'-d-clal- 
 
 meeon ? 
 Toiii lligen k-d-aki ? 
 
 imakuaika ? 
 
 O'da kuina ; kanwa 
 
 mozika. 
 Kaswak nawa mozak 
 
 k'nihlo ? 
 Nisinskd taba nis. 
 Kamqji, pita ni wligen. 
 K'pitho ato achi chowi 
 
 wakaswak tmakuak. 
 O'hoo, n'pithu mdala. 
 Cha nikwobi hli chiga 
 
 k'kadi nahilo. 
 N'-d-elaldam n'nahilqji 
 
 kedak almalokamek. 
 N'wigiba nia achi ki- 
 
 zqji ni tqjiwi, waji 
 
 nisi nahiloakw. 
 AVii^idahodamanaga 
 
 k'kasi nahilon nia, 
 
 k'-d-askawiholji tali 
 
 Kwanogamak. 
 Niga wligen. Chaga 
 
 chajabihloda. Adio. 
 Adio, wii nanawal- 
 
 mezi. 
 
 I have caught sixteen. 
 
 I have also killed a bear. 
 
 Was he fat V 
 
 Very fat. 
 
 And you, what luck 
 
 have you had ? 
 How is your ground ? 
 
 is there plenty of bea- 
 ver Y 
 Not much ; but thore 
 
 is plenty of moose. 
 How many moose did 
 
 you kill ? 
 Twenty-two. 
 Well, that's very good. 
 You must have alsi^ 
 
 caught few beavers. 
 Yes, 1 have caught ten. 
 Now, tell me when you 
 
 intend to go down. 
 I think I shall £»'0 down 
 
 sometime next week. 
 I wish I could get ready 
 
 by that time, so as 
 
 to go home with you. 
 If you like to come 
 
 down with me, F 
 
 will wait for you at 
 
 Long Lake. 
 That's all right. Now 
 
 let us part. Good-bye. 
 Clood-bye, take care of 
 
 yourself. 
 
— 118 — 
 EXAMPLES 
 
 SHOWING THE TRANSPOSITION OF WORDS IN THE 
 ABENAKIS l.ANOUAOE. 
 
 Some blue ribbon, 
 
 Wal6ivigek sUki, or : 
 Silki walowigek. 
 
 I have s^me ribbon, 
 N'loajdnem silki, or : 
 Silki n'wajonem. 
 
 Mary has some ribbon, 
 Mali ivajdnem si/ki, or ; 
 Silki wajonem Mali, 
 Mali silki wajonem, 
 Silki Mali wajonem, 
 Wajonem silki Mali, 
 Wajonem Mali silki. 
 
 John has a gray hat, 
 Azd ivajdnem vjibguigek asolkwdn, or : 
 Asolkwon wibguigek wajonem Az6, 
 Wibguigek asolkwon Az6 wajonem, 
 Wajonem Azo wibguigek asolkwon, 
 Azo wibguigek asolkwon wajonem, 
 Wibguigek asolkwon wajonem Azo, 
 Wajonem wibguigek Azo asolkwon, 
 Asolkwon wibguigek Azo wajonem. 
 
— 119 — 
 OTHER EXAMPLES 
 
 SHOWING THE TRANSPOSITION OF THE AFFIXES 
 
 " JI " AND " BA." 
 
 I shall go to Montreal Sunday, 
 N'-d-elosaji MoUan Sandaga. or : 
 Sandaga;Y Molian n'-d-elosa, 
 Molian/Y n'-d-elosa Sandaga, 
 Sandaga; « n'-d-elosa Molian, 
 Molian/?: Sandaga n'-d-elosa, 
 N'-d-elosa;'/ Sandaga Molian. 
 
 I would go to New-York if I had money, 
 N' -d'elosaha Neio-York wajdnemdshdna nidm, or : 
 New-york6« =^ n'-d-elosa wajonemoshoua moni, 
 Moni^u wajonemoshona n'-d-elosa New- York, 
 N'-d-elosa6a New-York moni wajonemoshona, 
 Moniftrt wajonemoshona New- York n'-d-elosa, 
 Wajonem6sh6na^>a moni n'-d-elosa New- York, 
 Waj6nem6sh6na&a moni New- York n'-d-elosa. 
 
 * As you see, the aflixos Ji and hj, Iho former denoting 
 tlie future, anrl tlio latter, the condilional, are also traiispose<l. 
 
PART THIRD. 
 
 THE PARTS OF SPF-^ECTI 
 
 THAT MAY BE CONJUGATED. 
 
 I. CONJUGAL (ON OF THE ANIMATK RUHSTAMIVK 
 
 (Nmitogwes, father.) 
 
 Present. — Siui^idar. 
 Nraitosrwes. My father. 
 
 Kmitogwes. 
 
 Wmilogwsa. 
 
 Nmitogwscna. 
 
 Kmit6gwseua. 
 
 Kmitogwsowo. 
 
 "Wmitogwsowo. 
 
 Nmi tog wsen awak. 
 
 KmitogwsoAvok. 
 
 Wmitogwsowo. 
 
 Thy father. 
 His (her) father. 
 Our father, {exclusive.) 
 Our father, (inclmive.) 
 Your father. 
 Their father. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Our fathers, (excl. ) 
 Your fathers. 
 Their fathers. 
 
 Ptnl. — Sini:utar. 
 
 Nmitogwesega, 
 
 Kmitogwsenoga, 
 
 Kmitogwsowoga, 
 
 My hie father, 
 Our late father, 
 Your late lather. 
 
122 — 
 
 Nmitogwsenogak, 
 Kmitogvvsowogak, 
 WmitogAvso vvoga. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Our late fathers, 
 Your late fathers, 
 Their late fathers. 
 
 Future. — Singular. 
 
 Nmitogwesji... 
 Kmitogwesji... 
 Wmitogwsaji... 
 Nmitogwsenaji . . . 
 Kmitogwsowoji . . . 
 Wmitogwsowoji . . . 
 
 My father will... 
 Thy father will... 
 His father will... 
 Our father will... 
 Your father will... 
 Their father will... 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nmitogw'senawakji . . . 
 Kmit6gwsow6kji. . . 
 VVmitog wsowqji . . . 
 
 That is, their fathers respectively. 
 Co udit ional. — Present. 
 
 Mv father woiild... 
 
 Our fathers will... 
 Your fathers will... 
 Their fathers will... 
 
 Nmitogwesba.... 
 Kmitogwesba... 
 Wmitogwsaba... 
 Nmi 1 6g wsenaba . . . 
 Kmitogwsowoba. 
 Wmitoffwsow^oba. . 
 
 Thy father would... 
 His father would... 
 Our father would... 
 Your father would... 
 Their father would... 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Our fathers would.... 
 Your fathers would.... 
 Their lathers would... 
 
 Nmitogwsenawakba. . . 
 Kmitogwsowokba. .. . 
 Wmitogwsowoba . . . 
 
 We conjugate likewise nii^-awes, my mother, 
 nmessis, my sister, etc.. etc. 
 
123 
 
 2. CONJUGATION OF THE ANlM\TIi:SUiiSTANTIVE. 
 
 (Kaoz, cow.) 
 Present. — Singular. 
 
 N'kaozem. 
 
 K'kaozem. 
 
 Wkaozema. 
 
 N'kaozemua. 
 
 K'kaozemwo. 
 
 Wkaozemwo. 
 
 N'kaozemak. 
 
 K'kaozemak. 
 
 Wkaozema. 
 
 N'kaozemnawak. 
 
 K'kaozemnok. 
 
 W'kaozem^vo. 
 
 Past 
 
 N'kaozemga. 
 N'kaozemnoga. 
 
 My cow. 
 Thy cow. 
 His cow. 
 Our cow. 
 Your cow. 
 Their cow. 
 
 Ptural. 
 
 My cows. 
 Thy cows. 
 His cows. 
 Our cows. 
 Your cows. 
 Their cows. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 The cow I had {owned). 
 The cow we h, {owned). 
 
 Plural. 
 
 The cows I h. {owned). 
 The cows we h. {owned) 
 
 Future. — Singular. 
 
 N'kaozemji onkohlon. | My cow will be sold- 
 Wkaozemajionkohlona His cow will be sold 
 N'kaozemnaji onkoh- 
 
 N'kaozemgak. 
 N'kaozem<?ak. 
 
 Ion. 
 
 Wkaozemwoji onkolo 
 na. 
 
 Our cow will be sold. 
 Their cow will ]w sold. 
 
— 124 — 
 
 N'kaozemakji onkohol- 
 
 nak, 
 Wkaozemaji onkohoh- 
 
 lona, 
 N'kaozemnawakji 6n- 
 
 kohlonak, 
 Wkaozemwoji oukoh- 
 loiia. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 My cows will be sold. 
 
 His cows will be sold. 
 
 Our cows w^ill be sold. 
 
 Their cows will bo sold. 
 
 Conditional. — Sinscular. 
 
 N'kaozemba onkohlon. 
 Wkaozemaba onkohlo- 
 na. 
 
 N'kaozemnaba onkoh- 
 lon. 
 
 Wkaozomw^oba onkoh- 
 lon a. 
 
 My cow would be sold 
 His cow would be sold. 
 
 Our cow would be sold. 
 
 Their row would be 
 sold. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N'kaozemakba onkoh- 
 
 lonak. 
 Wkaozemaba onkoh - 
 
 lona. 
 N'kaozemnawokba on- 
 
 kohlonak. 
 Wkaozemwoba onkoh- 
 
 lona. 
 
 My cow^s would be 
 
 sold. 
 His cows would bt? 
 
 sold. 
 Our cows would be 
 
 sold. 
 Their cows would be 
 
 sold. 
 
 ^ We oor,ju^^ate likewise n'-d-nasom, my horse, 
 n'-d'ci ^uem. my ox, f/r., pIc. 
 
125 
 
 3. CONJUGATION OK THli: ANIMATD SLI13STANTI VE. 
 
 (Alt-rnos, dog.) 
 
 N'-d-amis. 
 
 K'-d-amis, 
 
 W-d-amisa. 
 
 N'-d-amisna. 
 
 K'-d-amisw6. 
 
 W-d-amiswo. 
 
 Pre sen t. — Sino-u far. 
 
 My dog. 
 Thy dog. 
 His dog. 
 Our dog. 
 Your dog. 
 Their dog. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N'-d-amisak. 
 
 K'-d-amisak. 
 
 W-d-amisa. 
 
 N'-d-amisnawak. 
 
 K'-d-amis\v6k. 
 
 AV'-d-amisw6. 
 
 My dogs. 
 Thy dogs. 
 His dogs. 
 Our dogs. 
 Your dogs. 
 Their dogs. 
 
 N'-d-amisga. 
 N'-d-amisnoga, 
 
 N'-d-ainisiiogdk, 
 W'd-ami3w6ga, 
 
 Past.— Singular. 
 
 The dog I had. 
 The dog we had. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 The dogs we had. 
 The doers thev had. 
 
 ra 
 
 Future. — Sius:iilar 
 
 N'-d-amisjik'sagamegw My dog will bite i\u\\ 
 
 W-d-amisaji &€ 
 N'-d-ainisnaji &c. 
 W-d-amiswoji &c. 
 
 His dog will cV.c. 
 Our dog will \'C. 
 Their dog will &c. 
 
— 120 — 
 
 N'-d-amisakji k'saga- 
 
 megok. 
 AV'-d-amisaji k'sagame 
 
 gok. 
 N'-d-araisnawakji k'sa 
 
 gamegok. 
 W-d-amisw6ji k'saga 
 
 megok. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 My dogs will bite thee. 
 
 His dogs will bite thee. 
 
 Our dogs will bite thee. 
 
 Their doffs will bite 
 
 o 
 
 thee. 
 
 Conditional. — Singular 
 N'-d-amisba w'sagamo. 
 
 W-d-amisaba &rc. 
 
 N'-d-amisnaba &c. 
 
 W-d-amisw6ba &c. 
 
 My dog would bite 
 
 him. 
 His dog would bite 
 
 him. 
 Our dog would bite 
 
 him. 
 Their dog would bite 
 
 him. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N'-d-ami'sakba w'saga- 
 mowo. 
 
 W-d-amisaba w' saga- 
 mow 6. 
 
 N'-d-amisnawakba 
 w'sagamowo. 
 
 W-d-amiswoba w'sa- 
 gamowo. 
 
 My dogs would bite 
 
 them. 
 His dogs would bite 
 
 them. 
 Our dogs would bite 
 
 them. 
 Their dogs would bite 
 
 them. 
 
— 127 — 
 
 4. CONJUCrATIONOKTHK INANIMATt; SUBSTANTIVB. 
 
 (Paskhigan, gun.) 
 Present. — Singular. 
 
 N'paskhigan. 
 
 K'paskhigan. 
 
 Wpaskhigan. 
 
 N'paskhigaima. 
 
 K'paskiganowo. 
 
 Wpaskhiganow 6. 
 
 N'paskhiganal. 
 K'paskhiganal. 
 Wpaskhiganal. 
 N'paskhigannawal . 
 K']:»askihiganow6i. 
 Wpaskhigano\A 61. 
 
 My gun. 
 Thy gun. 
 His gun. 
 Our gnu. 
 Your gun. 
 Their gun. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 My gTins. 
 Thy guns. 
 His guns. 
 Our guns. 
 Your guns. 
 Their guns. 
 
 N'paskhigana. 
 N'paskhigannawa. 
 
 Pas t. — Sin gu lar . 
 
 The gun I had (oirned). 
 
 The gun we h. {owned). 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N'paskhiganegal. I The guns I had {owned). 
 
 N'paskhigannogal. ! The guns we h. {owned). 
 
 Fulu re. — Singular. 
 
 N'paskhiganji onkohlon My gun will he sold. 
 N'paskhigannaji &c. Our gun will be sold. 
 K'paskhiganowoji &c. Your gun will be sold. 
 
 Plural. 
 N'paskhiganalji onkoh- 
 lonal. 
 
 N'paskhigannawalji&c Our <r\\ 
 Wpaskhiganowolji ^q. i Their g 
 
 My guns will be sold. 
 
 Our guns will bo sold, 
 uns will be sold. 
 
128 — 
 
 Conditional . — SiniJ^ular. 
 
 N'paskhiganba oDkoh- 
 
 lon. 
 N'paskhigannaba &c. 
 Wpaskhiganowoba &cc. 
 
 My gun would he sold 
 
 Our gun would be &c. 
 Thoir gun would bo &(•. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N'paskhiganalba on- 
 
 kohlonal. 
 N'paskhigannawalba. 
 Wpasbhigannawolba 
 
 My Li'uns would be 
 
 sold. 
 Our guns would bo c^c. 
 Their guns would be&c. 
 
 THE FOllEaOINCi CONJUOATION, 
 
 N'h'aozem, my cow, transforni(^d into possessii^e 
 verb ; Okaozeminwk, to have a cow. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 \ have a cow 
 
 N'okaozemi 
 
 'okaozcnio. 
 
 N'okao;^emi))cna. 
 
 K'okaozemi])a. 
 
 'Okaozemoak. 
 
 N'okaozemib. 
 '( )ka/)zemob. 
 N'okaozemibenob. 
 K'okaozemibob. 
 'Okaozemobauik. 
 
 He has a cow. 
 We have a cow. 
 You have a cow. 
 They have a cow. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 \ I had a cow. 
 Ho had a cow. 
 We had a cow. 
 You had a cow. 
 They had a cow. 
 
— 120 — 
 
 Future. 
 
 T shall liav«^ a cow. 
 He will liaA^c aco\v. 
 AV^e shall have a cow. 
 You will have a cow. 
 They will have a cow. 
 
 Second Future. 
 N'okaozemijikizi, or, I shall have had a 
 
 N'okaozomiji. 
 
 'Okaozemoji. 
 
 N'okaozemibenaji. 
 
 K'okaozemibaji. 
 
 'Okaozemoakji. 
 
 Kiziji n'okaozomi 
 'Okaozemoji kizi. 
 'Okaozemoakji kizi 
 
 cow. 
 He will have h. a cow. 
 They will have h. acow. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 N'okaozemiba. 
 'Okaozomoba. 
 N'okaozemibenaba 
 'Okaozemoakba. . 
 
 N'okaozemibba. 
 'Okaozemobba. 
 N'okaozemibenobba 
 'Okaozemobanikba. 
 
 Okaozemi. 
 Okaozemij. 
 Okaozemida. 
 Okaozemigw. 
 Okaozemidij. 
 9 
 
 Present. 
 
 I should have a cow. 
 He would have a cow. 
 We should have acow. 
 They would have a cow. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I should h. had a cow. 
 He would h. had &:q. 
 We should h. had i^c. 
 They would h. had .tc. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 I Have a cow. 
 
 i Lot him have a cow. 
 
 Let us have a cow. 
 
 Have a cow. 
 
 Let them have a cow. 
 
130 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 That I may h, a cow. 
 That h(3 may h. a cow. 
 That wo may h. a cow. 
 That you may h. a cow. 
 That they may h. a cow. 
 
 Pas/. 
 
 I That I m. h. had a cow. 
 
 &c., after the above tense, commoncing by 
 kizi. 
 
 Imperfect- 
 
 Nokaozomin. 
 
 'Okaozemin. 
 
 N'okaozeminana. 
 
 Kokaozomino. 
 
 'Okaozemiiio. 
 
 Kizi n'okaozemiii. 
 
 N'okaozeminaza. 
 'Okaozemin aza. 
 N'okaozeminanossa. 
 K'okaozeminossa 
 'Okaozemincssa. 
 
 That I mij.^ht h. a cow. 
 That he might h. a cow. 
 That \\'e might h. a cow. 
 That you m. h. a cow. 
 Tliat they m. li. a cow. 
 
 Piuperfect. 
 
 Kizi n'okaozeminaza. j That I might h.h.a cow. 
 
 &c., after the Imperfect, commencing l)y kid. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE ADJECTIVE-VERB 
 
 Wdbi^tmuk, to be white. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wobigi. 
 K'wobigi. 
 'Wobigo. 
 
 I am white. 
 Thou art white. 
 He (she) is white. 
 
— 131 — 
 
 N'wobigiheiia. 
 K'wobig-iliona. 
 K'wubigiha. 
 'Wobigoak. 
 
 N'w6bigib. 
 
 K'vvobio-ib. 
 
 Wobig-ol). 
 
 N'wobig-ibonob. 
 
 KVobigibob. 
 
 'Wobigobanik. 
 
 Wo arc whit(\ (cxrf.) 
 \yo are white. (///r7.) 
 You are wbile. 
 They are white 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I was wliito. 
 Thon wast wliite. 
 He was white. 
 We wore white. 
 You were white. 
 They won* white. 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'wobigiji. I I shall bo ^vhite. 
 
 Etc., after the above premit tense, aHixiii<v/V 
 to the verb. "^ '^ ' 
 
 Seco7i(i Future. 
 
 N'wobigiji kizi, or : 
 Kiziji n'wokigi, etc. 
 
 I shall have been white. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'w6bigil)a. I I should be white. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, affixing ba to the 
 verb. ° 
 
 Past. 
 
 N'w6bigib))a. ( I should li. })eeu white. 
 
 I^Etc. after the imperfect tense, allixing ba to 
 the verb. ° 
 
— 132 
 
 AVobigi. 
 
 Wobigij. ' 
 
 Wobig'eJ. 
 
 Wobigida. 
 
 Wobigigw. 
 
 Wobigiidij, 
 
 Wdbigt'j, 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Be white. 
 Let him be white. 
 Let it be ichile. 
 Let lis be white. 
 Be white. 
 
 Let them be white. 
 Let them be white, 
 (things.) 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present. * 
 
 N'wobigin. 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 N'wobiginana. 
 K'w^obigino. 
 Wwobigind. 
 
 Kizi n'wobigin. 
 
 That I may be white. 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 That we maybe white. 
 That you may be white. 
 That thev m. be white. 
 
 Past. 
 
 That I may have beon 
 white. 
 
 Etc., after the immediately preceding tense, 
 commencing by kizi. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 N'wobiginaza. 
 Etc., etc. 
 N'wobiginanossa. 
 
 K'wobiginossa. 
 
 W'w^obiginossa. 
 
 That I might be white. 
 
 Etc., etc. 
 That we might bo 
 
 white. 
 That you might be 
 
 white. 
 That they might be 
 
 white. 
 
— 133 — 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Kizi n'wobig-iuaza. That I might have boon 
 
 whito. 
 
 Etc., after the imperfect tense, commencing 
 always by kizi. 
 
 NEGATIVE CONJUaATlON 
 
 Of the foregoing- possessive verb " okaoze- 
 
 mimuk. " 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Preffent. 
 
 O'da n'okaozemivi\ I have no cow. 
 
 '' 'okaozemiwi. He has no cow. 
 
 " n'ok'>ozemippena. We have no cow. 
 
 " k'okaczemippa. You have no cow. 
 
 'okaozomiwiak. They have no cow. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 u 
 
 O'da n'okaozemib. 
 
 " 'okaozemiwib, 
 
 " n'okaozemippe- 
 nop. 
 
 k'okaozemippop. 
 
 
 I had no cow. 
 He had no cow. 
 We had no cow. 
 
 You had no cow. 
 
 'okaozemi w i b a • j They had no cow. 
 
 nik 
 
 Past delinite. 
 O'da n'okamiibozemiib. , I had no cow. 
 
 okaozemiwi. 
 " n'okaozemippe- 
 noop. 
 
 Ho had no cow. 
 Wo had no cow. 
 
— 134 
 
 O'da k'okaozemippoop. You had no cow. 
 
 They had no cow. 
 
 " 'okaozemiwiba- 
 nik. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Odaaba n'okaozomiw. ; I shall have no cow. 
 
 cScc, as in ihapresenl tense, corarncncing' always 
 by odaaba. 
 
 Second future. 
 
 Asmaji n'okaozemiw. j I shall have had no cow 
 
 iko,., also as in the pra^mt feme, always com- 
 mcncint]^ by asmaj'L 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 O'daaba n'okaozemiw. 1 1 should have no cow. 
 &;c., as in the future tense. 
 
 Past. 
 
 O'daaba n'okaozemib. 1 1 should h. had no cow. 
 
 &c., as in the imperfect tense, commencing by 
 Odaaba. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Akui 'okaozemi. 
 " 'okaozemij. 
 " 'okaozeinida. 
 " 'okaozemikagw. 
 " 'okaozemiidij. 
 
 Have no cow. 
 
 Let him have no cow. 
 
 Let us have no cow. 
 
 Have no cow. 
 
 Let them have no cow. 
 
— 135 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 O'da n'okaozemiwvren. 
 •' 'okaozemiwwen. 
 " n'okaozemiwnana. 
 " k'okaozemiwno. 
 " 'okaozemiwno. 
 
 That I may have no 
 
 cow. 
 That he may have no 
 
 Cow. 
 That we may have no 
 
 cow. 
 That yoii may have no 
 
 cow. 
 That they may have 
 
 no cow. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 O'da n'okaozemiwnaza. j That I might have no 
 
 cow. 
 
 O'da 'okaozemiwnaza 
 
 O'da n'okaozemiwna- 
 
 nossa. 
 O'da k'okaozemiw- 
 
 nossa. 
 O'da 'okaozemiwnossa. 
 
 That he might have 
 
 no cow. 
 That we might have 
 
 no cow. 
 That you might have 
 
 no cow. 
 That they might have 
 
 no cow. 
 
 This tense is ured also for the past and the 
 pluperfect tenses. 
 
186 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE CONJUaATION 
 
 Of the animate objective verl), vjajdndmuli, to ha^'o. 
 
 (Indefinile coiijugation.) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 NVajono ases. 
 K'wajono &c. 
 'Wajona. ^ 
 N'Avajonohena \ 
 K'wajonobena \ ' 
 K'wajonoha l^c. 
 'Waj6nak. ^ 
 
 N'wajonob kaoz. 
 K'wajonob S.Q,. 
 'Waj5nab. ^= 
 N'wajon ibenob &c. \ 
 K'waj6n6benob &c. \ 
 K'wajouobob ^c. 
 'Wajonabanik. ^ 
 
 I hare a horse. 
 Thou hast kc. 
 He (she) has s^.o. 
 
 We have &:c. 
 
 Yon have &c. 
 They have Scq,. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I had a cow. 
 Thou hadst Arc. 
 He had &c. 
 
 We had Arc. 
 
 You had ».vc. 
 They had vfec. 
 
 Pfl.s/ definite. 
 
 NVajonoob azib. 
 K'wajonoob. 
 'Waj6nab. ^ 
 N'vvajonobenoob ) 
 K'\Taj()n6benoob jj 
 K'waj6n6b66b. 
 'Wajonabanik. ^ 
 
 ! I had a sheep. 
 Thou hadst f^o,. 
 He had .^c. 
 
 We had cS^c. 
 
 You had .vc. 
 They had a-c. 
 
 * Say: 'VV-ijuna, 'wajt'inuK, a.v^'.v.m ; 'wajdiiah, 'wajunabariik, 
 i<aoza , , aziba. 
 
— mi — 
 
 The paai definite tense is used also for the pasl 
 indefinite ixnd pfuperffrt tenses. 
 
 Future 
 
 N'wajonoji alemos. 
 K'wajonoji Atc. 
 'Waj6naji ^ 
 N'wajonobenaji ) 
 s. wajonobenaji ) 
 IC'wajonubaji .vc. 
 Wajonakji. ^ 
 
 I shall have a dog. 
 Thou wilt have Szc. 
 He will have &c. 
 
 We shall have. 
 
 You will have .vc. 
 They will have &rc. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 N'wajonqji kizi. ^ | I shall have had. 
 
 &c., as above, puttiti;^ always kizi after the 
 verb. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wojonoba asesak. 
 
 K'wajonoba kc. 
 'Wajonaba. ^ 
 N'wajonobenaba ( ^ 
 K'wajonobeuaba j ' '' 
 K'wajonobaba -ko.. 
 Wajonakba. ^ 
 
 I should have some hor- 
 ses. 
 Thou ^^ ouldst have kc. 
 He would have cvc. 
 
 "We should have ko.. 
 
 You would have &;c. 
 They would have &c. 
 
 * Say: 'Wajonnji, wajonakji, ^i/t-owiAa; 'wo.iijnaba, waJcV 
 nakbfi, aiessa. 
 
— 1S8 — 
 
 Past. 
 
 I should have had some 
 
 cows. 
 Thou wouldst h. had &c. 
 He would have had &c. 
 
 N'wajouobba kaozak. 
 
 K'wajonobba etc. 
 
 'Wajonabba. ^ 
 
 N'wajonobenobba / , -nr i, u i. u i , 
 
 K' wajonobenobba 1 '^"= ^^ ^^""'^ ^'^^'^ ^"■'^ ^« 
 
 K'wajonobobba &c. 
 
 "VVajonabanikba. ^ 
 
 You w ould h. had &c. 
 They would h. had cVc. 
 
 iMrEllATIVL >l00D. 
 
 Wajona. 
 
 Wajonoj. 
 
 Wajoiioda. 
 
 "Wajonof^w. 
 
 Wajoiioodij. 
 
 Have (f hr-r .) 
 Let hi in hav :: 
 Let us have. 
 Have (ye or you.) 
 Let them have. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajonon azibak. 
 
 K'waj6n«ii &;C. 
 Wwajonon. ^ 
 N'wajononana ) 
 K'waj6n6naiia ) ^ 
 K'wajonono &c. 
 Wwajonono. ^ 
 
 That 1 may have some 
 
 sheep. 
 That thou mayest have 
 That he may have &c. 
 
 That we may have &;c. 
 
 That you may have <Scc. 
 That they may have cvc. 
 
 * Here, say : Wajunabba, waj^nahanikha, kaoza. 
 
 * Say : W'wajunon. w'wajonuno, aziba. 
 
/ 
 
 N'wajonouaza. 
 
 K'wajononaza. 
 
 Wwajoiionaza. 
 
 N'wajononanossa. 
 
 K'waj6uonanos«a. 
 
 K'wajononussa. 
 
 Wwajononossa. 
 
 — 139 — 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 That I might have. 
 That thou mightst have 
 That he might have. 
 
 That we might have. 
 
 That you might have. 
 That they might have. 
 
 Past. 
 
 ' That I may have had. 
 
 Kizi n'wajonoii, or 
 n'wajonon kizi. 
 
 &c., as in the above present tense, putting 
 always A-f 12/ before the pronoun, or alter the verb. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Kizi u'wajononaza or i That 1 might have had. 
 n'wajononaza kizi. j 
 
 &c., as in the above imperfect teme, putting 
 always kizi before the pronoun, or after the 
 verb. 
 
 AFFIP.MATTYE CON.TUaATION 
 
 Ofthe^^;/«/?ia/e objective verb, wajdn6muk,io have. 
 
 (Fi^iite Conjugation.) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present^ 
 
 I have the horse. 
 
 N"waj6u6 ases. 
 K'wajono &c. 
 
 Thou hast &c. 
 
— 140 
 
 WVajono =* 
 N'wajononna j 
 K'wajononna ( ^^^"^ 
 K'wajoiiowo vSiC. 
 Wwajonowo =^ 
 
 He has the horse. 
 
 We have &c. 
 
 You have ikc. 
 They have cVc. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I had the cow. 
 He had &c. 
 We had Scc. 
 You had &rc. 
 
 N'wajoiiob kaoz. 
 
 W'wajonobani ^ 
 
 NVajononnob A;c. 
 
 K'wajonowob &c. 
 
 W'wajonowobani ^ ! They had iic. 
 
 This tense is used also for the past definite, the 
 indefinite and the pluperfect tenseo. 
 
 Future. 
 N'wajonoji. | I shall have, 
 
 &:c., after the present iense, aihxing ji to the 
 verb. 
 
 Seco7id Future. 
 N*Tvaj6n6ji kizi. | I shall have had. 
 
 &c., as in the simple future tense, ending by 
 kizi. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajonoba alemos. 
 W'wajonoba f 
 N'wajon ' vnaba &c. 
 K'vvajonowoba ^c. 
 W'wajonowoba t 
 
 I should have the dog. 
 He would have &c. 
 We should have etc. 
 You would have &;c. 
 They would have .vc. 
 
 * Here, we say : \V'waJ6n6, w'wajonuwu, asessa; w'wajOno- 
 bani, w'wajunuwObani, kaoza. 
 t Wwajunuba, w'wajon(!>vv6ba, alemossa. 
 
— 141 — 
 
 Past. 
 
 N'\vaj6n61)ba nolka. 
 
 Wvvaj6n6banil)a A:c. 
 N'wajononobba &zc. 
 K'wajonowabba .vc. 
 
 I should have had ih** 
 
 deer. 
 He would have had &:c. 
 We should have had &:c. 
 You would have had 
 
 W wajonow^obaniba s^. \ They would have had 
 
 i &c. 
 
 The remaining moods and lenses are to be 
 conjugated as in the foregoing indefinite conju- 
 gation. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE CONJUaATION 
 
 Of the inanimate objective verb, vmjdndzik 
 
 to have. 
 
 ( hide (in ite con jug a tion . ) 
 
 Indicativp: Mood 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajouem awighigan 
 K'wajonem &:c. 
 'wajonem &c. 
 N'waionernebena a^o. ) i ^^r i 
 
 ' I have a book. 
 Thou hast &c. 
 He has &c. 
 
 vvajonemebeni 
 K'wajonenieba .to. 
 'wajonemok kc. 
 
 You have :kc. 
 Thoy have .vc. 
 
142 
 
 Imperfert. 
 
 N'wajoiiemol) pilaskw. 1 1 had some paper. 
 
 K'wajonomob iVc. 
 
 'wajonemob &c. 
 
 N'wajonemcbenob iVo. 
 
 K'wajonemehob &c. 
 
 'wajoiiemobanik &c. 
 
 Thou hadst cVc. 
 lie had &c. 
 AYe had cVc. 
 You had Arc. 
 They had &c. 
 
 Past definite. 
 
 N'wajoiiemoob paks. 
 K'wajonemoob ka. 
 'wajonemob cSrc. 
 N'wajonemebenoob ».vc. 
 K'wajonemeboob ac. 
 'wajonemobanik ac. 
 
 I had a box. 
 Thou hadst «fcc. 
 He had ^c. 
 We had viic. 
 You had cVc. 
 They had a:c. 
 
 This tense is also used for the indcfinile past 
 and the pluperfect tenses. 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'vvajonemji. 
 
 I shall have. 
 
 &c., as in the present tense, always affixing' y^' 
 to the verb. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 N'wajonemji kizi. | I shall have had. 
 
 &c., as above, ending always by ki':i. 
 
-- 14^3 
 
 CONDITIONNAL MoOD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajonemba mCml [J should have some mo- 
 ney. 
 Thou wouldst have &c. 
 He would have &rc. 
 
 K'wajonemba .vc. 
 
 'Wajonemba .ic. 
 
 ^'wajonemebenaba \c. 
 
 K'wajonemobaba vvc. You would have a cT 
 
 ' Wajonemokba .vc. j They would have <fec. 
 
 We should have &c. 
 
 Past. 
 
 N'wajonemobba raijo- 
 wog'an. 
 
 K'waj6nemob])a .vc. 
 'Wajonemobba &:c. 
 N ' wajoneme) )eri obba 
 K'wajonemcbobba s-c. 
 
 I should have had some 
 provisions. 
 
 Thou wouldst have had 
 <fec. 
 
 He would have had 
 
 We should have had 
 You would have had 
 Wajonemobanikba &c. They would have had 
 
 (fee. 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Wajona. 
 
 Wajonej. 
 
 Wajonemoda. 
 
 Wajonemogw. 
 
 Wajonemoodij. 
 
 Have (thou). 
 Let him have. 
 Let us have. 
 Have (ye or you). 
 Let them have. 
 
— 144 — 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajonemen. a 
 
 Wwajonemen. 
 
 N'wajonemenaiia. 
 
 K'\vaj6nemen6. 
 
 Wwajenoineno. 
 
 Imjterfp.cf. 
 
 N'wajonemenaza. 6 1 That J miijfht have. 
 
 Wwajonemen aza. 
 
 N'wajonemenanossa. 
 
 K'wajoncmenossa. 
 
 Wwajonemenossa. 
 
 That T may have. 
 That he may have. 
 That we may have. 
 That you may have. 
 That thoy may have. 
 
 'O' 
 
 That he might liave. 
 That we might have. 
 That you migt have. 
 That they might have. 
 
 PaH. 
 
 Kizi n'wajonemen. c \ That I may have had. 
 Etc., as in the present, commencing by kizi 
 
 PI t( perfect. 
 Kizi n'wajoiiemenaza. | That I might have had. 
 Etc., after the imperfect, commencing by kizi. 
 
 a. yioTE.- ITivjonanen, Ac. means also : I have it, \r., 
 Ik N'wajonemmazi A;c means ecinally : 1 soo (I liud out) 
 llial I had it, Ac. 
 c. Kizi nwojunemcn, I h.ivt? it aheady. 
 
— 145 — 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE CONJUGATION 
 Of the inammate objective verb, wajdndzik, to 
 
 have. 
 
 [Fmite Cohjufration.] 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'wajonemen 
 
 K'wajonemen 
 
 W'wajonemen 
 
 N'wajonemonaiia 
 
 K\vaj6iiemenana 
 
 K'wajoiiemeno 
 
 Wwajouemeno 
 
 NVajonemenab 
 
 "U^'wajonemab 
 
 N'wajonemenanob 
 
 K'wajonemenob 
 
 Wwajonemono 
 
 
 I have the book. 
 Thou hast &;c. 
 He has &c. 
 
 Wo have i\:c. 
 
 You have .tc. 
 They have Scc, 
 
 Imperftct- 
 
 I 1. 1 the paper. 
 
 He had &cc. 
 
 We had &c. 
 
 You had .tc. 
 
 I They had &c. 
 
 Future. 
 
 ^ 
 
 f>5 
 
 en 
 5! 
 
 N'wajonemonji. | j shall have. 
 
 Etc., as above after iht^ present tense, affixing- 
 always 7t to the verb. ^ 
 
 Second Future. 
 N'wajonemenji kizi. | I shall or will h. had. 
 
 Etc., as in the simple future, ending- by kizi. 
 10 o J 
 
— 146 
 
 N'wajonemenba moni. 
 K'wajonemenba &c. 
 Wwajonemenba &c. 
 N Vajonemenaiiaba &c. 
 K'wajonemenoba 4ec. 
 Wwjgonemenoba &c. 
 
 N'wajonemenabba pas- 
 
 khigan. 
 K'wajonemenabba &c. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 1 should h. the money. 
 Tliou wouldst have &c. 
 He would have &c. 
 We should have &c. 
 You vv^ould have &c. 
 They would have &c. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I should have had the 
 
 Wwajonemenabba &c. 
 N'waj6nemenan6bba &c 
 K'wajonemenobba Szc. 
 Wwajonemenobba &:c. 
 
 gun. 
 
 Thou wouldst have had 
 
 cVC. 
 
 He would have had v^e. 
 We should have had a-c. 
 You would have had &c 
 Thoy would have had 
 &c. 
 
 The remaining moods and tenses are to be 
 conjugated as in the indefinitive conjugation. 
 
 NEaATiVE CONJUGATION 
 Of the indefinite verb, ivai6n6muk, to have. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 1 have no lish. 
 He has no &c. 
 
 O'da n'wajonow namas. 
 " 'wajonawi ^ 
 '* n'wajonoppena «&c. 
 
 We have no ^vc. 
 
 * Say ; Ada 'wajonawi namasa. 
 
147 
 
 O'da kVajonoppa &c. 
 'wajonawiak ^ 
 
 (( ). 
 
 
 O'da 'wajonob nolka 
 'wajonawib &c. 
 n'wajonoppenop 
 &c. 
 O'da k'wajonoppop &c. 
 'va. 
 
 'wajonawibanik 
 
 You Lave no &;c. 
 They have no &c. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 (I ', 
 
 I had no deer. 
 He had no cVc. 
 We had no &c. 
 
 Yon had no &;c. 
 
 They had no kc. 
 
 This tense is used also for the paH definite, the 
 indefinite and the pluperfect tenses. 
 
 Future. 
 
 I shall have no boaver. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonow 
 
 tmakwa. 
 O'daaba 'wajonawi &c. 
 O'daaba n'wajouoppena 
 
 &c. 
 O'daaba k'wajonoppa 
 
 &c. 
 O'daaba 'wajonawiak 
 
 kC. 
 
 He will have no &c. 
 We shall have no i-c. 
 
 You will have no &c. 
 
 They will have no &c. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 A 
 
 n 
 
 smaji n w ajonow 
 ijonaw ' 
 ijonaw 
 
 w 
 
 'w, 
 
 iak. 
 
 I shall not have had. 
 lie will not have had. 
 They Avill not have had 
 
 * Say : Odu '\vaj6nawiak naniasa. 
 
 ^'' 
 
— 148 — 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 Present. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajouob. 
 
 (t 
 
 'wajonawib. 
 'wajonawibanik 
 
 Asmaba n'wajonow. 
 Vajonawi. 
 'wajonawiak. 
 
 1( 
 
 I should have no. 
 He would have no 
 They would have no. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I should not have had. 
 He would not have had. 
 Thev ^vould not have h. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Akui wajona. 
 wajonokij. 
 wajonoda. 
 wajonogw. 
 wajonoodikij. 
 
 
 Have no. 
 
 Let him have no. 
 
 Let us have no. 
 
 Have no. 
 
 Let them have no. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Prese?it, 
 
 O'da n'wajonowen. | That I may not have, 
 n'wajonovvnana. ; That we may not have, 
 k'wajonovvno. I That you may not have. 
 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 ( )*da n'wajonownaza. | That I might not have. 
 " n' wajoncwnanos- That we miffht not have. 
 
 sa. 
 
 (k 
 
 k'wajunownossa. 
 
 That you mi«hl not h. 
 
— 140 — 
 
 Past. 
 
 Asma n'wajonowen. That I may not h. had. 
 ii'wajonownana: That we may not h. h. 
 kVaj6n6wn6. \ That yon may not h. h. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 
 Asma n'wajonownaza. 
 n'wajonowna- 
 nossa. 
 
 k'wajonownossa. 
 
 u 
 
 (( 
 
 That I might not h. h. 
 
 That we might not h. h. 
 
 That you might not h.h. 
 
 NEaATIVE CONJUGATION 
 
 Of the finite verb ivaJdnSmuk, to have. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 O'da n'wajonowi ases. 
 " k'wajonowi .fee. 
 " w'wajonowia ^ 
 " n'wajonowinna &c 
 ' ' k'wajonowi w wo ^' c 
 " wVaj6n6wiww6.=^ 
 
 I have not the liorse. 
 Thon hast not &:c. 
 He has not 6cc. 
 We h?ve not ii-c 
 You ] /e not &cc. 
 They have not <fec. 
 
 O'da n'wajonowib 
 
 kaoz. 
 O'da w' wajono wibani ^ 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I had not the cow. 
 
 He had not &c. 
 
 * .Say :— W'^vaj(5n6wia, w'wajunuwhvwO, asessa ;~w'\va 
 jOm'jwibani kaoza. 
 
150 
 
 O'da n'wajoiiowinnob 
 
 koaz. 
 O'da k'wajonowiwwob 
 
 &c. 
 O'da w'wajonewiwwo- 
 
 bani. =^ 
 
 "We had noi the cow 
 You had not &c. 
 They had not &c. 
 
 This tense is also used for the/;as^ definite^ the 
 indefi/iite, and the pluperfect tenses. 
 
 Future. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonowi. | I shall not have. 
 
 &c,, as above in the jtresent tense, always 
 commencing by 6daaba. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Asmaji n'wajdnowi. | I will not have had. 
 
 &c., after the precedinii' tense, commencing 
 always by asemaji insiead of ddoAiha. 
 
 CONDITIONAT. MoOD. 
 
 Present- 
 O'daaba n'wajonowi. I should not have. 
 
 (( 
 
 it 
 
 w wajonowia. 
 n'wajonowinna. 
 
 He would not have. 
 AVe would not have. 
 You would not have. 
 
 w^ wajonowiwo 
 
 &c., as in the preserU tense, commencing 
 always by ddauha. 
 
 * Say :- w'wajunfJwOwibani kaoza. 
 
— 161 
 
 Past. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonowib. 
 w'wajonowibani . 
 
 
 n'wajonowmnop 
 
 • 
 
 I should not have had. 
 He would not h. had. 
 We should not h. had. 
 
 &:c., as in the imperfect tense, commencing 
 always by ddaaba. 
 
 The remaining moods and tenses arc to be con- 
 jugated as in the indefinite conjugation. 
 
 NEGATIVE CONJIiaATION 
 
 Of the indefinite verb, ivaj6n6zik, to havei. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present. 
 
 I have no ink. 
 
 O'da n'wajonemo awi- 
 
 ghiganebi, 
 O'da k'vvajonemo etc. 
 O'da '\ca;j6nemowi &c. 
 O'da n'wajonemoppena 
 
 &c, 
 O'da k'wajonemoppa 
 
 &c. 
 O'da 'wajonemowiak They have no A:c 
 
 &c. 
 
 Thou hast no lVc. 
 He has no &;C. 
 We have no &c. 
 
 You have no dec. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 O'dan'wajonemobmos- I had no handkerchief, 
 wa. 
 
 O'da k'wajonemob &c. 
 
 Thou hadst no &c. 
 
152 
 
 O'da ' wajonemowib 
 
 moswa. 
 O'da nSvajonemoppe- 
 
 nop &c. 
 O'da k'wajonemoppop 
 
 &c. 
 O'da 'wajonemowiba- 
 
 nik &c. 
 
 He had no handkov 
 
 chief. 
 "We had no &c. 
 
 Yon had no dec. 
 
 They had no i-c. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Odaaba n'wajonemo. | I shall have no. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, commencing' by 
 ddaaha. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Asmaji n'wajonemo. | I shall not have had. 
 
 Etc., alter tJie present tense, commencing 
 always by asmaji. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonemo. ] I should have no. 
 Etc., as in the future tense. 
 
 Past. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonemob. | I should not have had. 
 
 &c., after the imperfect tense, commencing 
 always by ddaaha. 
 
153 
 
 Imperative Mood 
 
 Akui wajoua. Have no 
 
 " wajonej. 
 " wajonemoia. 
 " wajonemogw. 
 " wajonemoodij. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 
 Present. 
 
 O'da n' wajonemowen.^ 
 ** w'wajoiiemowen. 
 " n'wajonemowua. 
 
 na. 
 ** k'wajonemowno. 
 
 • Let him have no. 
 Let us have no. 
 Have no. 
 Let them have no. 
 
 w wajonemowno 
 
 That I may not have. 
 That he may not have. 
 That we may not have. 
 
 O'da n'wajoncmow- 
 
 naza. 
 " wVajonemow- 
 
 naza. 
 *' n'wajoneniow- 
 
 nanossa 
 " kVajonemow- 
 
 nossa. 
 " w^'wajonemow- 
 
 nossa. 
 
 That you may not have. 
 That they may not h. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 That I might not have. 
 
 That he might not 
 
 have. 
 That we might not 
 
 have. 
 That you might not 
 
 have. 
 That they might not 
 
 have. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Asman'waj6nemowen.i|That I may noth. had. 
 
 * (Vda n'wejonr.mowen means, al.^o : / iiave it not. 
 + Asma n'waj (memo wen, I Imve it not yet. 
 
— 154 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 Asma n'wajouemow- 1 That I might not have 
 
 naza. 
 
 had. 
 
 &c., as above in the imperfect tense, commen- 
 cing always by asma. 
 
 NEGATIVE CONJUaATION 
 or the finite verb, ivajdndzik, to have. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Pres^ent. 
 
 I have not the umbrella. 
 
 O'da n'wajonemowen 
 
 obagawataigan. 
 O'da w'wajonemowen 
 
 <feC. 
 
 O'da n'wajonemowna- 
 
 na &c. 
 O'da k'wajonemowno 
 
 &c. 
 O'da n'wajonemowno 
 
 (fee. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 O'da n'wajonemowe- 
 
 nab obadahon. 
 O'da w'wajonemowe- 
 
 nab &c. 
 O'da n'wajonemowna- 
 
 nop dcc. 
 O'da kwajonemownop 
 
 O'da w'wajonemow- 
 nop dec. 
 
 He has not &c. 
 We have not &c. 
 You have not &c. 
 They have not &c. 
 
 I had not the cane. 
 He had not &c. 
 We had not &c. 
 You had not &;c. 
 They had not &c. 
 
155 — 
 
 Future. 
 
 O.'daaba n'wajonemo- 1 I shall not have the 
 wen, sakhiijahon. | ring. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, commencing by 
 ddaaba. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Asmaji n'wajonemo- I shall not hare had. 
 wen. 
 
 Etc., after the present tense, commencing 
 always by asmafi. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonemo- 
 wen. 
 
 I should not have. 
 Etc., as in the future tense. 
 
 Past. 
 
 O'daaba n'wajonemo- 
 wenab. 
 
 I shculd not have had. 
 
 Etc., after the imperfect tense, commencing by 
 ddaaba. 
 
 The remaining moods and tenses are to be con- 
 jugated as in the immediately preceding conju- 
 gation. 
 
— 156 
 
 DIJBITATIVE CONJUGATION 
 
 Of the animate verb, wajondmuit^ to have 
 
 (Literal). 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Perhaps I have a trap. 
 
 "VVskebi wajoaok te- 
 
 laps. ^ 
 Wskebi wajonoan kc. 
 *' wajonod. f 
 " vs'^ajonoak &c. 
 *' wajonoakw &-c. 
 wajonoodit. t 
 
 « 
 
 a 
 
 thou hast &c. 
 he has &c. 
 we have i^^c. 
 vou have &c. 
 they have &c. 
 
 Wskebi wajonokza 
 
 t6bi. ^ 
 Wskebi wajonoaza ArC. 
 wajonoza &;C. t 
 wajonoakza &c 
 wajonoakwza 
 &c. 
 Wskebi wajouoodiza t 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Perhaps I had a bow. 
 
 
 a 
 u 
 
 thou had St &c. 
 he had etc. 
 we had &c. 
 you had »fcc. 
 
 they had &c. 
 
 This tense is also used for the pa^t indefinite 
 and the pluperfect tenses. 
 
 * Always remember that the personified tilings, being always 
 treated as if they were animate, go and agree with the ammatc 
 verbs. 
 
 •I- Say : wajOnud, w'aj6n6udit telapsa ; wajunuza, wo.junuu- 
 diza, iubia. 
 
157 — 
 
 Fufure. 
 Wskebiji wajonok. | Perhaps I will have. 
 
 &c., as in the present tense, placing always 
 inskehiji before the verb. 
 
 Second Future. 
 Wskebiji kizi wajonok | Perhaps I will have h. 
 
 &c. after the simple future, putting ws^kehrfi 
 kizi before the verb. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Wskebiba wajonok. | Perhaps I would have. 
 
 Etc., after the imperfect tense, commencing by 
 v'skebiba. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present. 
 
 Wskebiji wajonoga. Perhaps if I have, 
 wajonoana. 
 wajonoda. 
 
 (( 
 (( 
 
 a 
 u 
 (; 
 
 if thou hast, 
 if he has. 
 if we have, 
 if you have, 
 if they have. 
 
 wajonoaga. 
 
 wajonoagua. 
 
 waj6n66dida. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Wskebiba wajonogcs- 1 Perhaps if T had. 
 hana. i 
 
 Wskebiba wajonoasha-i " if thou hadst. 
 na. I 
 
 AYskel>iba wajjonosha- 1 '• if he had. 
 na. 
 
— 168 — 
 
 Wskebiba wajonoages- 
 
 hana. 
 Wskebiba wajonoa- 
 
 gueshana. 
 Wskebiba wajdnoodis- 
 
 hana. 
 
 Perhaps if we had. 
 if you had. 
 if they had. 
 
 a 
 
 (( 
 
 DUBITATIVE CONJUaATION. 
 Of the inanimate verb, wiij6n6zik, to have. 
 
 (Literal) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Wskcbi %Yaj6nomam6ni 
 
 u 
 
 (( 
 cc 
 (( 
 
 wajoneman &c. 
 wajonek Azc. 
 wajonemag cvc. 
 wajon e m a g w 
 wajonemoodit 
 
 SzG. 
 
 Perhaps I have some 
 
 money. 
 " thou hast &:c. 
 " he has &:C. 
 " we have vfec. 
 
 You have c&. 
 
 They have &c. 
 
 
 Imperfect ^ 
 
 Wskebi wajo n e m 6 z a 
 
 wizowimoni. 
 Wskebi wajone m a z a 
 
 Wskebi w a j 6 n e k e z a 
 
 &c. 
 Wskebi wajonemakza 
 
 OifC. 
 
 Perhaps I had some 
 gold, 
 thou hadst &^c. 
 
 <( 
 
 II 
 
 (( 
 
 he had &€. 
 we had &c. 
 
— 159 
 
 Wskebi wajonemakwza 
 
 wiz6wim6ni. 
 Wskebi wajoncmoodiza 
 
 This tense is also used for the past indefinile 
 and plujterfect tenses. 
 
 Perhaps you had some 
 
 gold. 
 Perhaps they had .vc. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Wskebiji wajonema. | Perhaps I will have. 
 
 &c., as in the present tense, placing wakebyi 
 before the verb. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 AVskebiji kizi wajonema. Perhaps 1 will have 
 
 had. 
 
 <Jcc. after the simp/e future, putting wskebi/i 
 /lizl before the verb. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Wskebiba wajonema. | Perhaps I would have 
 
 Etc., after the present tanse, putting always 
 wskehiba before the verb. 
 
 Past. 
 Wskebiba wajonemoza | Perhaps I would h. h. 
 
 Ftc, after the imperfect tense, oommenciuf'-by 
 WF 'biba. "^ 
 
,■!■!■** WJ.'IJHIH*.-,. (till: 
 
 — 160 — 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 F resent 
 
 Wskebiba wajonemona. 
 wajoneinana. 
 wajonega. 
 wajonemaga. 
 wajonemgua 
 wajonemoo- 
 dida. 
 
 (I 
 
 Porhaps if 1 have. 
 
 if thou hast, 
 if he has. 
 if we have, 
 if you have, 
 if they have. 
 
 (.1 
 
 u 
 
 "VVskebiba wajonemos- 
 hona. 
 
 Wskobiba wajonemas- 
 hana. 
 
 Wskebiba wajoneges- 
 hana. 
 
 "Wskebiba wajonema- 
 
 geshana. 
 Wskebiba wajonema- 
 
 gueshana. 
 "Wsbebiba wajoneinoo- 
 
 dishana. 
 
 Imjierfect. 
 
 Perhaps if 1 had. 
 
 if thou hadst. 
 
 i< 
 
 (( 
 
 (( 
 
 u 
 
 if he had. 
 if we had. 
 if you had. 
 if they had. 
 
 Wskebiba kizi Wiijone- 
 nioshona. 
 
 Pliiperfert. 
 
 Perhaps if T had had. 
 
 c%c., after the imperfect, always placing kizi 
 between wskebiba and the verb. 
 
161 
 
 DUBITATIVE— NEGATIVE 
 
 Of the two foregoing dubitative Conjugations 
 
 [Literal) 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Fresent, 
 Walrna \v ajonok ases. Perhaps I have no horse. 
 VValmawajonemaraoni. Perhaps 1 have no mo- 
 ney. 
 &c., after the present tense of the dubitative, 
 always commencing by walma instead of wskebi. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 Walma vvajonokza mi- 
 
 guen. 
 Walma wajonemoza 
 . pilaskw. 
 
 Perhaps 1 had no pen. 
 Perhaps I had no paper. 
 
 &c., after the imperfect of the dubitative, here 
 too commencing always by icalma. 
 
 Future. 
 Walmaj'" w ajonok tobi. 
 
 Walmaji wajonemapa- 
 kua. 
 
 Perhai)S I will have no 
 
 bow. 
 Perhaps I will hav<^ no 
 
 arrow. 
 
 &c. as in the Present tense, changinu* walma 
 into ivalmaji. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 "Wahnaba wajonok ! Perhaps I should have 
 
 wdahoffan. 
 
 no paddle. 
 
 Walmaba wajonema Perhaps I should have 
 
 no canoe. 
 
 wiguaol 
 
 iSrc, after thi ind. present of the dubitali 
 
 n 
 
 ve. 
 
— 162 — 
 
 CONJUCrATlON OF THE VEEB, 
 
 AitHuk, to be. "^ 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 I am in the house. 
 
 N'-d-ai wigwomek. 
 K-d-ai etc. 
 Ao &c. 
 
 N'-d-aibena Scc. 
 K'-d-aiba &:C. 
 Aaok &c. 
 
 Thou art Scc, 
 He (she) is Arc. 
 "We are &c. 
 You are &c. 
 They are ci-c. 
 
 {Negative : 6da n^-d-aiw, 6da «m'«, I am not, 
 he is not.) 
 
 Imperject. 
 
 N'-d-aib aiamihawiga- ( T was in the church, 
 migok. 
 
 K'-d-aib &c. 
 'Aob &c. 
 
 N'-d-aibenob ».vc. 
 K'-d-aibob &rc. 
 'Aobanik Scc. 
 
 Thou wast L^c. 
 He was &c, 
 We were &c. 
 You were .tc. 
 They were &c. 
 
 This tense is also used for the pad definite. 
 
 Future. 
 
 1 shall or will bo in 
 
 Montreal. 
 Thou wilt be &c. 
 He will be &c. 
 We shall be &c. 
 You will be &c. 
 
 N'-d-aiji Molian. 
 
 K'-d-aiji »fcc. 
 'Aoji &c. 
 N'-d-aibenaji .vc 
 K'-d-aibaji &c. 
 'Aoakji &;c. 
 
 They will be S:c. 
 
 * Note, — 'Yh\s verb is nol an auxiliarij, but a principal 
 verb, which ilonotos prescncf or t'( sidcnce. 
 
 
— 163 
 
 Secomd Future. 
 
 N'-d-aijikizi wigiak... I shall be at home 
 
 already. 
 
 &.^, after the simple future, putting kizt after 
 tiie verb. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 N'daiba kjnwi. 
 K'-d-aiba ac. 
 'Aoba cVc. 
 N'-d-aibenaba \c. 
 K'd-aibaba so:, 
 'Aoakba. 
 
 N'-d-aibba odanak. 
 
 K'-d-aibba A-c. 
 'Aobba &c. 
 N'-d-aibenobba cVc. 
 K'-d-aibobba ^vc. 
 'Aobanikba .vc. 
 
 Present. 
 
 I should be in the woods 
 Thou wouldst be &c. 
 He would be drc. 
 We should be <fec. 
 You would .vc. 
 They would be a c. 
 
 } I should have been in 
 I town. 
 
 I Thou wouldst h. I), xc. 
 i He would have b. .vc. 
 I AVe should have b. .vc. 
 I You would have b. ac. 
 iThey would h. I), .vc 
 
 IlMPEUATlVE Mood. 
 
 Ai. 
 
 Aij. 
 
 Aida. 
 
 AigAv. 
 
 Aidij. 
 
 Be, stay or remain. 
 Let him be or remain. 
 Let us be or remain. 
 Be or remain. 
 L(^t them be or remain. 
 
■IF 
 
 — 164 
 
 Subjunctive Mood 
 Present. 
 (Chouuddozo) 
 N'-d-ain. 
 
 K'-d-ain. 
 
 AY'-d-aiii. 
 
 N'-d-ainana. 
 
 K'-d-ain6. 
 
 W'-d-aino. 
 
 (Chowalddzoba) 
 
 N'-d-ainaza. 
 
 "VV'-d-ainaza. 
 
 N'-'l-ainanossa. 
 
 K'-d-ainoissa. 
 
 W-d-aiiiossa. 
 
 Kizi n"-d-ain. 
 
 {Some want) 
 
 That I maybe or remain. 
 
 That thou mavest be or 
 remain. 
 
 That ho may be or re- 
 main. 
 
 That we may be or 
 remain. 
 
 That you may be or 
 remain. 
 
 That they may be or 
 remain. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I (Some > ran ted) 
 
 j That I might be or rem. 
 j Thathemightb or rem. 
 
 That we m. be or rem. 
 
 That you m. be or rem. 
 
 That they m. be or rem. 
 
 Past. 
 
 That I mav have been 
 
 or remamea. 
 Etc., after the jyresenf^ commencinj^ by kizi. 
 
 P/ if perfect. 
 
 Ivizi n'-d-ainaza. That I might have been. 
 
 or resided. 
 
 Etc., after the imperfect, eommencing alv;ays 
 by kizi. 
 
— 1()5 
 
 CONJUGATION- OF THE ANIMATE 
 OBJECTIVE VERB. 
 
 Namihdmitk, to see. 
 
 {Indefinite Conjugation.) 
 
 ■ Indicative ]\[ood. 
 
 Fm^sent. 
 
 N'narniho mosbas. 
 K'namiho .s:;c. 
 'Namiha -^ 
 N'namihobena &c. 
 K'namilioba iVc. 
 'Namihak ^ 
 
 I see a mink. 
 Thou seest (L-c, 
 He sees &cc. 
 We see &c. 
 You see <tc. 
 They see cvc. 
 
 ImperfecL 
 
 N'namihob moskuas. 
 Iv'uamihob .vc. 
 'Namihab # 
 N namihobenob Scc. 
 K'namihobob .vc. 
 'Namihabanik ^ 
 
 I saw a mu.sk rat. 
 Thou sawost ^c. 
 He saw Acc. 
 We saw Arc. 
 You saw &i\ 
 The saw .'^-c. 
 
 Fast definite. 
 
 N'namihoob mateguas 
 K'namihoob &c. 
 'Namihab ^ 
 N'namihobonoob .^:c. 
 K'liamihobo >b ikc. 
 'Namihabanik =^ 
 
 I saw a hare. 
 Thou sawest cS^c. 
 He saw &e. 
 We saw i.tc. 
 You saw &rC. 
 They saw *tec. 
 
 * Say : 'namilia, 'namiliak. moslnsa ; 'namihab, 'nainihabi- 
 nik, moskuisa :—inategun.sa. 
 
166 
 
 He has seen &c. 
 We have seen &;c. 
 You have seen Acc. 
 They have seen &cc. 
 
 Post Indefinite. 
 
 N'kizi namiho awasos. ! I have seen a bear. 
 'Kizi namiha. ^ 
 N'kizi namihobena &c. 
 K'kizi namihoba &c. 
 'Kizi naraihak. ^ 
 
 Flu]:terfect 
 
 N'kizi namihob peziko. ^ had seen a buffalo 
 
 K'kizi namihob ^^c. 
 
 'Kizi namihab. ^ 
 
 N'kizi namihobenob &:c 
 
 K'kizi namihobob Scc. 
 
 'Kizi nainihabanik. ^ 
 
 Thou hadst seen ^c. 
 He had seen &c. 
 "We had seen &c. 
 You had seen &c. 
 They had seen fee. 
 
 Future, 
 
 N'namihoji molsem. 
 
 K'liamihoji &c. 
 'Namihaji. ^ 
 N'namihobenaji ko,. 
 K'namihobaji cvc. 
 'Namihakji. ^ 
 
 I shall or will see 
 
 w^olf. 
 Thou wilt see &c. 
 He will see cVc. 
 We shall see &:C. 
 You will see &:C. 
 They will see ^-q. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 a 
 
 N'namihoji kizi wne- 
 
 gig\v. 
 K'namih6ji kizi cVc. 
 'Namihaji kizi. '^ 
 
 I shall or will have seen 
 
 an otter. 
 Thou wilt have seen «kc. 
 He will have seen &c. 
 
 N'namihobenaji kizi &c ' We shall have seen .fee. 
 K'namihobaji kizi .vc. ! You w ill h. seen &c. 
 'Namihakji kizi. ^ I They wall h. seen &c. 
 
 * Say: namilia, — namihak fl!/;aiOsa /—namihab, — namilia- 
 banik, pciiVroa ; 'namihaji, 'namihakji, molsemo; 'namihaji,— 
 'namihakji kizi, wnegiijwa- 
 
167 — 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Nnamihoba niagolibo,-' I should see a carribou. 
 
 N'liamihoba icQ. 
 'ISamihaba ^ 
 N'namihobenaba &c. 
 K'namihobaba &:c. 
 'Namihakba ^ 
 
 N'jiamibobba nolka. 
 K'uamihobba .vc. 
 Namihabba drc. 
 N'amihobenobba &c, 
 K'nainihobobba Arc. 
 'Naiuiliabanikba cSrc 
 
 Naiiiiha. 
 
 Namihqj. 
 
 Namihoda. 
 
 Naraihokw. 
 
 Namihodij. 
 
 Thou wouldst see &c. 
 He would see .'^-c. 
 We should see .^.-c. 
 You would see &c. 
 They would see &c. 
 Past, 
 
 : I sliould h. seen a deer. 
 i Thou wouldst h. sn. &c. 
 I He would h. seen .vc. 
 
 We should h, seen &c. 
 
 You would h. seen &c. 
 
 They would h. seen k.Q. 
 
 Lmpehatiye Mood. 
 
 f:»0 
 
 k^ee (thou). 
 Let him see 
 Let us see. 
 See (ye or you). 
 Lf^t them see. 
 
 N'namihon. 
 
 K'namihon. 
 
 W'namihon. 
 
 N'namihonana 
 
 K'namihono. 
 
 W'namihono 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Presoit. 
 
 That I may see. 
 That thou mayest see. 
 j That he may see. 
 I That we may see. 
 I That you may see. 
 ! That thoy may see. 
 
 * s. 
 
 ■ay : 'namihaba, "namihakba, nm/uliboa. 
 
— 1G8 — 
 
 N'namihonaza. 
 
 K'namihonaza. 
 
 Wuamihonaza. 
 
 N'namihonanossa. 
 
 K'liamihonossa. 
 
 Wnamihonossa. 
 
 Imperfei'f. 
 
 That I might see. 
 That thou mightest see. 
 That he might see. 
 That we might see. 
 That you might see. 
 That they might see. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Kizi n'namihon, | That I may have seen. 
 
 ikc.^ as above, after the present commencing 
 ,by kizi. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Kizi n'namihonaza, | That T might have sei^n 
 &c., after the imperjeci^ commencing by kizi. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE ANIMATE 
 OBJECTIVE VERB, 
 
 Namihdmuk, to see. 
 
 (Fi ni te Co nj ug:atio n .) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Fresent. 
 
 N'namiho alnoba. 
 K'namiho &c. 
 W'namiho «fcc. 
 N*namih6nna cvc. 
 K'namihowo &c. 
 Wnamihow^o &:C. 
 
 I see the indian. 
 Thou seest &:C. 
 He sees &c. 
 We see ^vc. 
 You see &c. 
 They see. &c. 
 
mo — 
 
 hnperfect. 
 N'namihob plachm6n. I saw the freiichmau. 
 
 K'liamihob kc. 
 Wnamihobani. ^ 
 N'namihonnob &c. 
 K'namihowob &cc. 
 Wnamihovvobani # 
 
 ThoLi sawest .vc. 
 He saw A:c. 
 We saw &c. 
 Yon saw ^c. 
 
 They saw .^-c. 
 Pas/ definite. 
 N^namihoob pastoni. I saw the amorican. 
 
 K'namihoob .^c 
 Wnamihobani ^ 
 N'namihonoob etc. 
 K'namihowob &c. 
 W'namihowobani ^ 
 
 Thou sawest drc. 
 He saw &:C. 
 We saw ^'C. 
 You saw *fec. 
 They saw .vc. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 
 N'kizinamih6iglism6n. I have seen the english- 
 man. 
 Thou hast seen &c. 
 
 K'kzi namiho cVc. 
 VV'kizi namiho ^ 
 N'kizi namihonna &:c. 
 K'kizi namihowo .irc. 
 W'kizi namihowo ^ 
 
 He has seen ^c. 
 We have seen .Scc. 
 You have seen .vc 
 They have seen .".^c. 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 N'kizi nemihob ale 
 
 mon. 
 K'kizi namihob &zq. 
 
 I had seen the german 
 Thou liadst seen .s.'C. 
 
 * Say : w'ki/i namil! '^.—namihcAvu iglismona. 
 
170 
 
 He had soeii the 6iC. 
 We had seen ScC. 
 
 "W'kizi namihol^ani ^ 
 
 N'kizi namilioiiuobA^c. 
 
 K'kizf namihowob «.vrc. | You had seen &c. 
 
 "W'kizi naraihowobani^ iThey had seen &:C 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'namihoji kaptin, 
 
 K'namihqji k^-c 
 Wnamhoji ^ ac. 
 N'namiho naji &c. 
 K'namihowqji Sic. 
 Wnamihowoji 
 
 ■^. 
 
 I shall or will see the 
 
 captain. 
 Thou wilt see «fec. 
 He will see Arc. 
 We shall see &c. 
 Yon will see 6cc. 
 They will see itc. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 N'namihoji kizi noji- 
 
 nbizonhowad. 
 K'namihoji kizi kc. 
 W'namihoji kizi f 
 N'namiho naji kizi 6r,c. 
 K'namihowoji kizi &c. 
 Wnamihowoji kizi noji- 
 
 nbizonhowaliji. 
 
 I shall or will have seen 
 
 the doctor. 
 Thou wilt have seen ^c. 
 He will have seen Src. 
 "We shall have seen ^c. 
 You will have seen &zQ. 
 They will have seen^^c. 
 
 * Say : w'kizi nauiihub'uii, namihowuhani, alcmona 
 w'namihoji, w'namiliowdji, kapUna. 
 f Wnainihciji kizi noji-nbizonhoivaliji. 
 
Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'namihoba soghe- 
 
 bad. 
 Wnamihoba.^^ 
 N'namihonnaba &c. 
 K'namiliowoba Scc 
 W'naraih6w6ba.=^ 
 
 I should see the inn- 
 keeper. 
 He would see &c. 
 "We should see &c. 
 You would see kc. 
 They would see &c. 
 
 PasL 
 
 N'namihobba notkua- 
 
 W'namihobaniba.t 
 N'namihonnobba &c. 
 K'namihowobba .vc. 
 W'namihowobaniba t 
 
 I should have seen the 
 
 pilot, 
 lie would h. seen SzC. 
 We should h. seen A:c. 
 You would h. seen &c. 
 They would h. seen &c. 
 
 The remaining Moods and tenses are to be 
 conjugated as in the indefinite conjugation. 
 
 * W'namihoha, w'namihowoba, soghehaliji ; 
 
 t W'namiliubaniba, w'namiliuwobaiiiha jiolhuiagi. 
 
— m — 
 
 CONJUCrATlON. 
 
 01 the inanimate objective verb, navUtozik, to see 
 {Indefunte Conjugation.) 
 Indicativf. Mood. 
 Present. 
 
 N'namito vs^igwom 
 'Namito &c. 
 N'namitobena Acc. 
 K'namitoba .^.-c. 
 'Namitoak &c. 
 
 I see a house. 
 He sees iVC. 
 We see &c. 
 You see &c. 
 They see &iv. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 N'naraitob mdawagen 
 
 'Namitob Stc. 
 N'namitobenob <kc 
 K'namitobob &c. 
 'Namitobanik iVc . 
 
 I saw a flag. 
 
 He saw &c. 
 We saw &c. 
 You saw &c. 
 They saw &c. 
 
 P</i.7 (leCmite. 
 
 N'liamitoob odaiia. 
 'Namitob dec. 
 N'namitobeiioob &'C. 
 K'namitoboob &c. 
 'Namitobanik &c. 
 
 N'kizi namito awighi 
 
 gan. 
 'Kizi namito &c. 
 N'kizi namitobena&c. 
 K'kizi namitoba &c. 
 'Kizi namitoak &c. 
 
 I saw a eity, viHage. 
 He saw &c. 
 We saw &c. 
 You saw &c. 
 They saw &c. 
 
 Past —.Indefinite. 
 
 I have seen a book, 
 
 a deed. 
 He has seen &^c. 
 We have seen &;C. 
 You have seen <fec. 
 They have seen etc. 
 
173 — 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 N'kizi iiamitob ktolagw 
 'Kizi namitob. 
 N'kizi namitobenob. 
 K'kizi namitobob. 
 'Kizi namitobanik. 
 
 I- had seon a ship. 
 Ho had seen &c. 
 We had seen Ac. 
 Yon liad seon &c. 
 They had scen&c. 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'namitoji kebahodwi- 
 
 gamigw. 
 'Namitoji. 
 N'namitobenaji. 
 K'namitobaji. 
 'Namitoakji. 
 
 I shall or will see a jail. 
 
 He will see ,Scc. 
 We shall see icc. 
 Yon will see &c. 
 They will see dcc. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 N'namitoji kizi aiami- 
 
 hawigamigw. 
 'Namitoji kizi. 
 N'namitobenaji kizi. 
 K'namitobaji kizi. 
 'Namitoakji kizi. 
 
 I shall have seen a 
 
 church. 
 He will have seen Acc. 
 We shall have seen &;c. 
 You will have seen &;c. 
 They will h. seen &c. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 N'namitoba sibo. 
 
 'Namitoba. 
 
 N'namitobenaba. 
 
 K'namito])a1)a. 
 
 'Namitoakba. 
 
 Present. 
 
 1 1 should see a river. 
 
 He would see &c. 
 I We should see &c. 
 
 You would see &c. 
 
 They would soe etc. 
 
— 174 — 
 
 N'namito})ba nebes. 
 
 ■Namito]>':>a. 
 
 N 'namitobeno])l)a. 
 
 K'namitolol)ba. 
 
 'ISTamitobanikl^fl. 
 
 Namito. 
 Naraitoj. 
 Namito jr. 
 Narnitoc^w. 
 Namitodij. 
 
 \ I should h. seen a lake. 
 He wcrJd have s> &c. 
 We should h. seen &c. 
 You would h. seen &c. 
 They would h. seen &c. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 ]8ee(thou.) 
 I Let him see. 
 
 Let us see. 
 
 See (ye or you.) 
 
 Let them see. 
 
 SuiiJUNCTIVE M->OD. 
 
 Present. 
 
 N'namiton. 
 AV^'namitOU. 
 N'namitonaup. 
 K'namitoMo. 
 Wn ami ton J. 
 
 N'namitonaza. 
 Wnamitcjaza. 
 N'namitciiaiiossa. 
 K'namitonossa. 
 Wn ninitoiKJSsa. 
 
 I That may see. 
 That ho may se^^ 
 That we may see. 
 That you may see 
 That they may see. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 1 That I mif>ht see. 
 
 I CD 
 
 , That he mi"hi, see. 
 
 I That we might see. 
 
 ' That yon might see. 
 
 ! That they might see. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Kizi n'namitou. | That I may have seen, 
 
 vVc, al'ter the pre<;ent, coramenein«a ))y kizi. 
 
175 
 
 Pluptrfert. 
 
 Kizi n'aamitonaza. | That I might have seen, 
 
 &c., after the imperfect, commencing by kizi. 
 
 CONJUOATION OF THE INANIMATE 
 OBJECTIVE VEUB, 
 
 Namil6zik, to 5(ee. 
 
 ( Finite Con/ fi<rat io n. ) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. 
 N'namiton paskhig-an. I see the gun. 
 
 N'namitonana Arc. 
 K'namitono s^c. 
 Wnamitono &c. 
 
 We see &c. 
 You see .vc. 
 Thev see &c. 
 
 i "We saw c"cc. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 N'namitonab saguolhi- I saw the ramrod 
 gan. 
 
 N'namitonanob d:c. j| 
 K'liamitonanob Src ] 
 K'namitonob &c. j You saw .vc. 
 
 Wnamiionob \(;. jThey saw .vc. 
 
 This tense is also used for the past dejinite. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 
 N'kizi namitor adebo- 1 have seen the riile. 
 
 lagw. 
 N'kizi namitonana &c. We hav(; st^en Acc. 
 K'kizi namitono cU-. | You have seen &a\ 
 W'kizi namitono .vc. i They have seen .v. . 
 
1Y6 
 
 Pluperfecl. 
 
 N'kizi namitonab cha- \ J had seen the iisli-hook 
 
 wapnigan. j 
 
 N'kizi namitonanobi.vc. ' We had seen &c. 
 K'kizi namitonob <fec. | You had seen Arc. 
 Wkizi namitonob &cc. They had seen fee. 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'namitonji chawa- 
 
 iiiganaktiam. 
 N'namitonanaji <fec. 
 K'namilonqji <kc. 
 Wnamitonoji xc. 
 
 I shall see the fishin*^- 
 
 rod. 
 We shall see &;c. 
 You will t^ee .tc. 
 They will see «^c. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 N'namitonji kizi cha- 
 wa pnij^an a tag w 
 N'namitonanaji kizi ^vc. 
 K'namitonqji kizi &c. 
 W'namitonqji kizi &-c. 
 
 I shall have seen the 
 
 llshing-line. 
 
 We shall have seen &;C. 
 
 You will have seen &c. 
 
 Thev will h. seen &o. 
 
 Con di ti< jn al M odd. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 W namitonba aiamiha- . I should see t he church, 
 
 w'gamiii'w. | 
 
 N'najuitojiaiiaba &c. 
 K'namiton6))a itc. 
 
 W namitonoba AC. 
 
 We should see &c. 
 You would see &tc. 
 They would hw. dec. 
 
177 
 
 k 
 
 N'nainitona])})a sah6- 
 
 kualiigan. 
 N'riamitoiianobba .tc. 
 
 K'namitoiiobha <itc. 
 W'namiton61)ba &cc 
 
 .1 should havo seon the 
 
 belJ. 
 We sliould have seen 
 
 &c. 
 You would have seen 
 
 &c. 
 They would have seen 
 
 &:C. 
 
 The remaining- moods and tenses are to be con- 
 jugated as in (he inde/hiife conjugation. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE PAS.SITR VERB, 
 
 Kaztilmegwzimnh; to be loved. 
 
 iNDiCATn'E Mood. 
 
 N'kezalniogwzi. 
 
 'Kezalmcgwzo. 
 
 N'kezalmegwzibena 
 
 K^kezalmegwziba. 
 
 'Kezalmegvvzoak 
 
 Present. 
 
 I airi loved. 
 He is loved. 
 AVe are loved. 
 You are loved. 
 They are loved. 
 
 Ininerjert. 
 
 N'kezaimegwzib. ; 1 was loved. 
 
 .Kezaimegwzob. ' He vnah loved. 
 
 N'kezalmi^gvvzibeuob. We Vv'ere loved. 
 
 K":ezalmog\vzih6b. i You were loved 
 
 'Kezalra(^gvvzobanik. Thev were 
 
 \rt\ 
 
 Thin tense is also u.sed (or th 
 
 d. 
 
 indeJluUe and iduperfect tenses. 
 12 
 
 e pint de/iuUe, 
 
— 178 
 
 <Q — 
 
 Future. 
 
 N'kezalmegwziji. | T .shall or will be loved. 
 
 &:c., after the present tense, atiixing ji to the 
 verb. 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 FrescMl. 
 
 N'kezalmegwziba | I should bo loved. 
 
 &c., after the present tense, affixing ba to the 
 verb. 
 
 F(i%t. 
 
 N 'kezalmegwzibbu. I I should have been loved 
 
 &c., after the impprfert tense, affixing ba to the 
 verb. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 x* 
 
 "Kezalniegwzi. 
 
 Kezahnegwzij. 
 
 Kezalinegwzida. 
 
 Kezalmegwzig^v. 
 
 Kezalme^^w^^idii. 
 
 Ee (thou) loved. 
 Let him be loved. 
 Let us ])e loved. 
 Be (ye or you) loved. 
 Let them be loved. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Presenl. 
 
 N'kezalmegwzin. jThat I may bo loved. 
 
 Wkozahaegwzin. j That he may &:C. 
 
 N'kezalmegwzinana. jThat we may ^^-(3. 
 
 K'kezalmegwzino. | That you may &;C. 
 
 Wkezalmegwzino. That thoy may &q. 
 
179 
 
 ,^ Imperfect' 
 
 N^kezalmegwzinaza. . j That i miolit bo loved 
 VV kozalmegwziiiaza. j That he might .vc. 
 -N kazaJmegwzinanossa' That we might &-o 
 Vkezalmegwzi]U)S8a. | That you might .vc 
 W kezalmegv^'Zl]l6.s.sa. That they might 6cq. 
 This tense is used also for lli.' iwo n^maining tenses. 
 
 KELATIVE CONJUOATION 
 Of the verb Kazaimdmuk, to love, affirmative 
 
 form, 
 (/.... thee, i)-c.) 
 Indio.vtiye Mood. 
 Present t. 
 
 I love thee. 
 
 K'kezalmeJ. 
 
 K'kezalmelbeua. 
 
 K'kezalmegw. 
 
 K'kezalmegok. 
 
 K'kezalmeiba. 
 
 K'kezalmebeua. 
 
 K'kezalmegwo. 
 
 K'kezalmegwok. 
 
 K'kezalmelob, 
 
 K'kezalmelbenop. 
 
 K'kezalmego]). 
 
 K'kezaimegobanik 
 
 K'kezalmelbop., 
 
 K'kezalmolbenop. 
 
 K'kezalm 
 
 egwop. 
 
 K'kezalmecrwobaiiil 
 
 We love thee. 
 He loves thee. 
 ' They love thee. 
 I love you. 
 We love you. 
 Pie loves you. 
 •They love you. 
 Imperfect. 
 
 j I loved thee. 
 
 We loved thee. 
 
 He loved thee. 
 
 They loved thee. 
 
 I loved you. 
 'We loved you. 
 
 He loved vou. 
 
 ny 
 
 his 
 
 yoi 
 They loved you 
 
 ense i.^ used also for past dejimte, past 
 
 indefinite jxml pivperfect tenses. 
 
— 180 - 
 
 (Ne}j^alive. — Present) 
 
 OVla k'kezalrnelo. 
 
 k'kozalmeloppena. 
 
 k'kezalmegowi. 
 
 k'kezalmegowiak. 
 
 k'kezalmeloppa. 
 
 k'kezalmeloppena. 
 O'da k'kezalmegowiw- 
 
 w6. 
 O'da k'kezalmegowiw- 
 wok. 
 
 tt 
 (( 
 (( 
 
 I don't love thee. 
 We don't lov(^ thee. 
 He does not love thee 
 They don't love thee. 
 I don't love yon. 
 We don't love you. 
 He does not love you. 
 
 They don't love you. 
 
 ( Imperfect.) 
 
 O'da k'kezalmelob. 1 I did not love 3^ou. 
 
 &c., after the affirmative form, imperfect tense, 
 commencing always by dda. 
 
 RELATIVE CONJUGATION 
 
 Of the verb Kazalm6muk\ to love, j'JTirmative 
 
 form. 
 
 (Thou... me, ^-c.) 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. ' 
 
 Thou loveet me. 
 You love me. 
 lie loves me. 
 Tlipy love rae. 
 
 K'kezalmi. 
 
 K'kezalmiba. 
 
 N'kezalmegw. 
 
 N'kezalmegok. 
 
 K'kezalmibena. 
 
 K'kezalmibena. 
 
 N'kezalmesconna 
 
 Thuu lovest us 
 You love us. 
 He loves us 
 
 N'kezalmegonnawak. ! They love us. 
 
181 — 
 
 ■.^ 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 K'l'Tezalmib. 
 
 K'kezalmibop. 
 
 N'kezalraei,^ob. 
 
 N'kezalmegobanik. 
 
 K'kezalmibenop. 
 
 K'kezaimibenop. 
 
 N'kezrJmegonnop. 
 
 N"' kezalmegonnobanik. 
 
 This tense is iised also for past definite, past 
 indefinite and jduperfect tenses. 
 
 Thou lovedst me. 
 You loved me. 
 He loved mQ. 
 They loved me. 
 Thou lovedest us. 
 You loved us. 
 He loved us. 
 Thev loved us. 
 
 {Negative. — Present. ) 
 
 O'da k'kczalmiw. 
 k'kezalmippa. 
 
 (( 
 
 
 t( 
 
 n'kezalmegowi. 
 n'kezalmegowiak. 
 k'Kezalmipi)ena. 
 k'kezalmippena, 
 
 n'kezalmego w in- 
 na. 
 
 n 'kezalmegowin- 
 lii' \ak. 
 
 I Thou doost n. love me. 
 I You don't love me. 
 I He does not love me. 
 j They don' t love me. 
 I Thou doest not love us. 
 
 You don't love us. 
 
 He does not love us. 
 
 Thev don'l love us. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 O'da k'k.'zalmib. | Thou didst n love me. 
 
 &c , after th«' affirmative form, imperfect tense 
 com laenci n g a 1 \\ ays by oda . 
 

 
 182 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 HH 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 
 w 
 
 1 
 
 , • 
 
 H 
 
 a^ 
 
 y- 1^ t' .• ?| ,• . . . . 
 
 
 
 -^' c^ t-^ ^^ C5 •<— ■ --^ '-r vr^ if'' tl^ -"^ *' *-• "^ X^-' C^ -'• 
 
 o 5 i/'-c _= ^ .~ •x'-' ^'^^ - =^ n:! .t: r:: Cf -^ c c 
 = -a N .xf'.^^^^f-^ -^ ii i i is ^ .xP ^ a 2 '5 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 -, -^'<<1<:'^'<'<-1-^<1-jnx'1^u:;»-q-; 
 
 -1 
 
 ^ 
 
 -^ 
 i-:i 
 
 H 
 o ^^ 
 
 !^ W 
 (=5 1^^ 
 
 WW 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 .» 
 
 
 
 -v—f ■"• I*** Cj 
 
 C3 -= -.^ -C 
 
 o 
 
 br; bxj E/D ri - b: tj, t/.-S is is r^ ?^ > :^ ^^' ^^.^^^ 
 
 ^ ^ -^ -^ 
 
 o <v 
 o o 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^• 
 
 
 
 
 . .^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 c3 
 0) 
 
 • 
 
 * 
 
 o 
 
 1— <.-J 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 P 
 
 o ?- 
 
 c; 
 
 ci 
 
 X 
 
 ■/. 
 
 c o o o o o o 
 
 .r- H H H H H H 
 
 tr fen fcr ? ? f? zr ti: 
 
 <1^ <^ ^ <!j <r^ <: << <^ <j 
 
 <i <; < *j^ -^, -: ^ <l 
 
— 183 
 
 ■p'~Z -AJ rt rt r; - c >- :r_i 
 ?r '-i tiJ -c^ -3 2 -3 SH Si' -' 
 
 -1 <1 3 15 ^ cj C: 5 
 
 - ^ ._•■ 
 ^if -3 ^ 1^ 
 
 t:! <C "-C" <c O 
 7^ _^ j^ _;> _s< 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 y*, 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 i-C 
 
 ■«J 
 
 
 
 
 C3 
 
 -S 
 
 _;v 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ?; 
 
 E; 
 
 -w 
 
 
 
 ■.•« 
 
 o^ 
 
 
 N 
 
 • f^ 
 
 *** 
 
 «^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 > 
 
 .— 
 
 ^ ''! 
 
 U o rj ."> ? 
 
 '^ »■> k> ^<^ .^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^'^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 --H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i£ o 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0/ o 
 
 ^" ' 
 
 , 
 
 
 • 
 
 ♦>rf 
 
 
 
 
 
 := .rJ 
 
 T^ 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 :3 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 o -y 
 
 
 3^ 
 
 P 
 
 .S g 
 
 ■n 
 
 
 •—•1. 
 
 >^i 
 
 
 -*-< -t-( 
 
 1 -^-^ g^4:^ 1 
 
 r3 
 
 
 h2 P^ 
 
 
 *— • 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 o o 
 
 O 
 
 i 
 
 C 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 o o 
 
 O C O O 
 
 HE-HHH 
 
 N 
 
 ^1 ^T- ^71 *"*■'*" O r" d '-r '•oT^ , — -- 
 /3 K :/: -^ -— — < M t. >- ^J., -IJ'-; ' -, ,-Z, 
 
 :? i:: rs :r; ;j:: 'j: -J-J -^ - 5i i <o <o <o o ^o <c "T "^ :: > > 
 
— 184 — 
 
 Ik 
 
 J2 
 
 
 k> v> i^ 
 
 Z ;£ 15 J5 -H s s s !^ P . 
 
 k> >^ ►> '• V> ^^ k> k^ >> ..> >> k^ .> k^ k<^ k>< 
 -— 1 "— >— < — . p^ i_H h-i ►— < i-iH >— ( "— " r** '~" •"" "~^ 1^ 
 
 •^ 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 T 
 
 P3 
 
 C 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 :rj 
 
 
 rs-o-t: -^ 
 rt Ti •-'' ^0-^2 
 
 ^> 'y« >> >v> !■> k^ 
 
 
 
 r2 
 
 r. 
 
 .-4 
 
 -3 
 
 • (—4 
 
 
 a> 
 
 -; o 'D 
 :3 s s: 
 
 ^1 
 
 ■^ 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 ■? 
 
 1-2 
 
 
 .^ k> 
 
 k> .> 
 
 
 >■> 
 
 • > 
 
 td 
 
 ^> ^> 
 
 '." 
 
 9> 
 
 C3 
 
 o 
 
 .^ 'w 
 
 . o 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;>> 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;h 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 .'-N 
 
 ?- 
 
 
 
 ■ r—i 
 
 * 
 
 v,-/ 
 
 '—' 
 
 _o 
 
 
 
 
 
 1—1 
 
 
 "rt 
 
 ^a 
 
 O) 
 
 ^ ? 
 
 > 
 
 :3 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 © 
 
 '« 
 
 /3 
 
 ■-^ 
 
 •)-> 
 
 ■r-> 
 
 T: 
 
 .:='^ 
 
 
 
 ;- J^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 H 
 
 HH 
 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 HH 
 
 V^ k^ \^ k> k^ k^ k^ 
 
 Li: Lij t^ Li: ^i: t^ L<! Li: Ld :ji L^ '"^ Ld '-^ '-> !jii 
 
 r*-« •-— ^ ^—H *-*H N-aa l»«i^ M»<^ kMd,^ kn_^ hm^ ^Mm "-fc^ M^ »bM ^m«4 *mM 
 
185 — 
 
 i^ iy4 V. 
 
 
 -C c3 
 
 O C 
 
 
 
 ■ ■> ~ ^ 
 
 rt "^ r^ 
 
 •—J «>rf "iw 
 r3 r- — -I 
 
 -—- — , .J .-, _i 
 o i> -o -::> x- <~ ^ br,-^ ;£•' bn v 3 
 
 -tr =; c3 c3 cj ,x t:- - s ^' a <S 
 
 03 o a> c 'J ?: 7i ;::::: ix 
 :^ tii tid i:ii Lti Lii L> 'x< ►> ^;^ 
 
 ^ -^ « rt 
 
 k> 
 
 
 N3 S 
 
 'V o 
 
 
 . ^ CJ 
 
 «^ 
 
 &i 
 
 /— 
 
 
 
 
 
 3i ^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^4— ' 
 
 
 
 M-4 
 
 s:' 
 
 -*—» 
 
 =J o 
 
 CO 
 
 c o 
 
 o 
 
 .*v 
 
 o 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 o o 
 
 HrH 
 
 HH 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 
 H 
 
 H^ 
 
 
 
 a -N -^ S 1= 12 :2 ^ .^J^ $ 5 c r -5 S rt 3 3 -o ,§ :: 
 ^^--§ 3 a ??:H35 1^1 b^'-.-5 ?.?, S ? S-.:; br: 
 
 .r^ .,^ .^ rS rt n; 3i rr ,::; cS -.-; ? 
 
 
 -- , ' •■^, •■•''-*,''■-' r' rt ?; 
 "-•"ii— 1.'--"i1-H,-Si-^--:Cr— 
 
 ^ .2 -3.".= 
 
 jv Cj «^ 
 
 ^ >^ '> .> ky< >^ 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 y. 
 
 /. 
 
 (/ ' f^ 
 
 
 :/. 
 
 i/.A 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 ■U 1122 
 
 as 
 
 40 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 1-4 ill 1.6 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /a 
 
 % 
 
 'a. 
 
 i>^, 
 
 '■>-> 
 
 A 
 
 /A 
 
 '^ 
 
 '/ 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corpordtion 
 
 V 
 
 # 
 
 *% 
 
 v 
 
 t 
 
 \ 
 
 \\ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 o^ 
 
 <^ 
 
 f."^ 
 
 ?3 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ^1? 
 

 
— 186 — 
 
 i 
 
 t*i '•^ t> t>i 1> ti> t^ 
 
 ^< "^ r^ »^ r1 ^< •-'' -^ *^ 
 
 1 
 
 I. 
 
 
 C rs 3S 
 
 ^ 2 
 
 ^~ 33 33«f,T' i;7::^-r- cj ._'■ -» -G ^ ^ T? J3 -> 
 
 L<l:£it^Lii ::iLrft>t>r?r?3?r? 
 
 •5 ».-^ "—^ «>4 k_4 
 
 p^ 
 
 § 
 
 
 pq 
 
 «• 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 t 
 
 rt 
 
 o 
 
 .2^ 
 
 ide ; 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 -- r' *- T I' 
 
 o o o o r 
 
 
 -> 
 
 
 
 fe 
 
 
 
 
 > OS 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ^ iJ 
 
 bf 
 
 
 ""-^ 
 
 c 
 
 ^-^^ 
 
 a> 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 P '-^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 > 
 
 i-C 
 
 E- -^ 
 
 ;3 
 
 
 • .^ 
 
 o 
 
 "i -* 
 
 ,*H 
 
 o 
 
 !:ii 
 
 ^' 
 
 z ^ 
 
 tt 
 
 c 
 
 (-V 
 
 c 
 
 o c 
 
 O 
 
 H 
 
 c_l 
 
 
 H^ 
 
 H 
 
 s:' 
 
— Ul — 
 
 s - 
 
 ■^ ^-H W4 IBM _j t>^ „^ 
 
 ^, r-, <^, ,^< 35? P^ „-; 
 
 o o 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 a' -' 
 
 .3 t: ?s 
 
 53 
 
 «5 '^ ._--2 -i^ iE ^ J5 
 
 
 C '■:> 
 
 '-" 1) "/"' 'S -^■' :: r— 
 
 ^.f^ Cj .. ri -" C _ 
 
 o o c c- o 
 
 . CJ 
 
 /;:/:-- 
 
 ^^ ►■-^ ►-*- 
 ,^, /^ /^. 
 
 r 
 
 93 
 > 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 e^ 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d" 
 
 — 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 id 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 ~ 
 
 
 /. 
 
 /. 
 
 "C 
 
 -^ 
 
 »-^ 
 
 .'». 
 
 rt 
 
 rt 
 
 c: 
 
 rt 
 
 ^ 
 
 z', :^ :^. y, y, 
 
 
 X 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 
 .0 
 
 o 
 
 
— 188 
 
 "« 
 ^ 
 
 ;S 
 
 > 
 
 O 
 H 
 
 S2 
 
 <4i 
 
 CI 
 
 So 
 
 so 
 
 CS O O d,Kj rS rt S 3 « rt -li . . 
 
 y.'^.y,-^. X >^, ^'^ >-. >^ a, >', ^, >-, c 
 
 
 
 <:j 
 
 } 
 
 :3 
 
 
 
 tf 
 
 ^1 
 
 o o o 5 ^ *c T ~ ■- •" 
 
 C O O r '.•3 ?J « i^ j; c; 
 
 }?5 ^'^ ^ ^ i^ >^. >^ o. >•; ;/; 
 
 
 
 
 O i- 
 
 ■ti 
 55 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 H 
 
 c 
 
 C3 
 
 ri 
 
 a* 
 
 
 I. 
 
 c 
 
 9 
 
 Q 
 
 3 -ii 
 
 •^ >-^ ^*' 
 
 o 5 w 
 
 H 
 
 c o 
 
 bi r- HHHr- 
 
 § § S J "§ "P ? <i !5 
 
 ■A !;^ '^ C a =: z: 
 
 O 0.0 51 rt c3 OS 
 
 -; ;j ~ a > z 
 
 <3 
 
 2 'C c: ^ •■- >; c 
 - .■*:: ■" .t: ■? '^"j *?2 
 
 
 s: 
 
 r-i •— < '•< 
 
 ;/'. ;^< >; >^ j^ >^ ^ ^, ii^ £: >>; ;^ 
 
 OJ 
 
 r- •-^ *■• 
 
 <«d ' • a) 
 _ "t) "if 
 
 •" <a . 
 
 "^ (/> to 
 
 fci > H 
 
 ill i) ^ 
 
 X <« « 
 
 O) 4) s^ 
 
 -. J3 -»! 
 TJ »J -~« 
 
 != =« 
 
 :3 bet; 
 {J: ►iJ c^ 
 
 -3 .5: cS 
 
 <■> 
 
 <y a 
 CO 5 
 
 a, S. 
 
 o « to 
 
 >;5.5 
 
 C tOTT 
 
 «» 5; G 
 
 2 w 
 
 (/J OT j; 
 
 < > 
 
 1 a' (1) f/) 
 
 o 
 
 ^ c 
 
 (0 
 
 • '• a c 
 
 fl) 5 o 
 
180 — 
 
 c c 
 
 ■5 If 
 
 o c 
 
 -2 ^ 
 
 '^ i 
 
 
 — ^ "^ '»' 
 
 o c 
 
 o tc 
 
 C3 7i ■ 
 
 
 O O O O O O C O O C C :i. ;i, 
 
 > o 
 o o 
 
 ,^'^K -^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 a, 
 
 
 O O O) c 
 , c a si 
 
 ^ -i c; ^ s 
 -». tc -- ? ^ 
 
 i-M rH taM y^ Uh 
 
 (3 
 
 r. 
 
 O 
 
 C3 3 ---^ 
 
 ss" o ^ -^ -5 
 
 b c b b b b b 
 
 
 of Q" 
 
 2 2 c o" « 
 O C C Pu o, 
 
 33 ^ 
 
 r-— o .^ 
 
 o 5 c S § 
 
 -I, -, .^ — « y >> 
 — •* /j CO 
 
 
 
 r-i 
 
 5 3 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 c3 
 
 ^ cr:::-= 
 
 O i*^ "'• OJ 
 
 
 COCO o 
 
 g 
 
 
 J2 
 
 
 03 
 
 • 
 
 o 
 
 v: 
 
 ■*-l 
 
 M 
 
 
 > 
 
 6 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 EH 
 
 C3 
 
 tr. . 
 
 p. S ^ -^ 
 
 o o 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 Ji4 
 
 2 
 
 O O 
 
~ 100 — 
 
 S8 
 
 A, 
 
 Ch a, CI- a, 2, :i. Oh a- ::: £ rl i c: dT a; ol S 
 
 "« 
 ^ 
 
 8 
 
 ••A 
 
 O 
 
 * 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 ex 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 rt ^ 
 
 •>3 c 
 
 
 55 := 
 
 rt '^ T - 
 
 » i> 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ -::i: 
 
 S o5i'^ 
 
 eo=: 
 
 
 
 
 X 7. 
 
 z o 
 
 
 i A 
 
 — — l-l. ui. 
 
 
 
 P.C 
 
 • 
 
 ^, o 
 
 
 ?^ 
 
 CJ 
 
 •U -^ 
 
 
 X 
 
 ■♦^ ■^— ■ 
 
 
 CJ -. 
 
 « 
 
 I—" 
 
 
 ^ i: 
 
 
 coo 
 
 H e- H 
 
 c3 -r 
 
 cu ■'■ 
 
 
 o ^ 
 
 If; 
 
 tf. o 
 
 Cm 
 
 
 
 • *w •-- C2 • ■■"" 
 
 
 
 
 r -i -i = <~ «c r s! - ^J 
 
 ^::; 'X S fl ~ ^ <0 -C <0 O 
 
 j^ ':? '3 "n "3 =: > > is I? if 
 
 ' ^ ^ ^ »^p^ ^ M m^^^m ^^m^ ^^^^ ^^A^ ^mm^ «-^Ab mimA^ ' " • *** ^"4 ^^ 
 
 Z I; b -i -^ il; ' '. ' /: X /. 7 ^ ^ _2 J: 
 
 ^-' .- ^ /i <> ^ J^ c z c c o c rt rt Ti "7= 
 
 is > 'r «c s N 
 
 '^ ^^ ——. ,._ **r *-r 
 
— 101 — 
 
 
 c 
 if. O 
 
 I 
 
 
 — f3 f- H SM 
 
 3 N 
 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 
 — -O X! 
 
 .3 .2 ^ 
 
 "= "2 "5 
 
 sJ rs r; 
 
 *-> 
 
 o 
 
 
 H 
 
 i; 
 ^ 
 
 00 
 
 O 
 
 hJ 
 
 —^ 
 
 
 so 
 
 O 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 «( 
 
 "o i. 
 
 
 o 
 
 •*- 
 
 G 73 
 
 
 
 c o 
 
 
 f . 
 
 ^^ ^^ 
 
 
 ^-H 
 
 -— H -i^ 
 
 6 
 
 
 ^*--* "^ 
 
 
 i 2 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 ^■K 
 
 •— — •-«-■ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 r^ *^ 
 
 O 
 
 »H 
 
 r^b* 
 
 H 
 
--192-- 
 
 
 ?- 
 
 S2 
 
 <M 
 
 
 :/: 
 
 
 03 _r 
 o'6 
 
 
 ■ml' 
 
 ■I. — 
 
 C3 c*- 
 
 /. ■/. /. /. /. ^ .C 
 
 'Si 
 
 
 err* 
 
 I 
 
 y. 
 
 i s = 
 
 Er< H H 
 
 
 j: 5: o > 
 
 C C '' c 
 
 c 
 
 x^ ^ im, ^ ^ ^ f. ^ VP Vi^ Vr- 
 
— im — 
 
 73 X X rjj c/3 7: .X r. H H H =-- r- r- ^ r- ?^ r:^ r:^ ?= ?^ i:^ 
 
 a; 
 
 o 
 H 
 
 o 
 H 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 2 
 
 ■A 
 
 '43 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 
 
 x 
 
 '^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 c 
 
 , 
 
 , 
 
 o . 
 
 
 
 5^ 
 
 
 ,111 ., fl 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 • -^ -^ 
 
 
 
 tm* 
 
 <-4 
 
 i ~ 
 
 7 
 
 _> 
 
 
 
 
 
 «_' 
 
 ♦— * 
 
 y: 
 
 5D C 
 
 -a 
 
 C3 
 
 H H H HH 
 
 H 
 
— 104 — 
 
 1 
 
 T 
 
 Pi 
 o 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 (7i 
 
 8 
 
 •C !?» 
 
 
 ■=•.■§ 2 5^ ^ r r ^ - '^=,5 >• > ^ 
 
 ^ _; x ^S 
 
 C ff! -rf i. 
 
 j^ » 2 •* CS :^ ~ 0- ^ ,~ -. 
 
 c 
 
 «3 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 C) 
 
 'fc. 
 
 
 
 *-> 
 
 Co 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 C3 
 
 o 
 
 
 ■J 
 a. 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 as 
 
 *^ 
 O 
 
 e 
 
 ■a 
 
 o 
 
 X n 
 
 
 
 0^ 
 
 so 
 
 ® 
 
 o 
 c 
 
 t3 
 
 T- -G 
 
 > ^ 
 
 
 
 ■C> 
 
 P. 
 CD 
 
 in 
 
 ri 
 
 -C 
 
 ;. 
 
 -a 
 
 il 
 
 •1- V) 
 
 11^ 
 
 CD 
 
— 105 — 
 
 SYNOPTICAL ILLUSTPvATIONS 
 
 SHOWING THE XTTMEKuUSMODIFlCATIONtS OF THE 
 
 ABENAlvIS VERB. 
 
 1. Transitive yero.— iVamih 6 mu/i\ to see, anirnatt', 
 
 indefinite conjugation ; 
 
 N'uamilio, n'namiho- I see, ^\o sec a beaver. 
 
 beiia tmakwa. 
 
 'Namiha, namihak lie sees, they see a 
 
 tmakwa. beaver, or beavers. 
 
 2. Transitive YeTh.—Namikdmuk, to see, animafe, 
 
 /inite conjugation : 
 
 N'namiho, u'narnihon- I tee, we see tlie In-a- 
 
 na tmakwa ; ver ; 
 
 AV'namiho, w'namilio- He sees, thpy see the 
 
 \\6 tmakwa. ; beaver, or beavers. 
 
 3. Transitive verb. — Namitdzi/i, to see, inanimate, 
 
 indefinite conju<L:ation ; 
 
 N'namito, n'narnitobe- 1 see, we see a bark 
 
 na wiguaol ; 
 'Namito, 'n am i t oa k 
 wijruaol. 
 
 canoe ; 
 He sees, they nee a 
 bark c;\noe. 
 
 4. Transitive verb. — iV(/M//rij//i-, to see, inanimate, 
 finite conjugation : 
 
 N'uamiton, n'namito- I see, we see the bark 
 
 nana wiguaol ; canoe ; 
 
 W'namiton, u'namito- , Hh sees, they h«h? the 
 
 no wiguaol. 
 
 bark canoe. 
 
— 190 — 
 
 5. Traiisiiivo verb. — Pazobimu/c, to see, indc- 
 finite conjugation : 
 
 N'pazobi, n'pazubibiMia ; I see, we see lar of! ; 
 
 noptiliiwi ; 
 Tazobo. 'pazo])oak no- IIo sees, they see far 
 
 pahnvi. | oil'. 
 
 G. Intransitive verb. — Paz^fhimulc, to see. finite 
 oonjutration : 
 
 N'pazobin, n'pazubi- 
 nana ia nebessek ; 
 
 AV'paznhin, \\ 'pazobino 
 ia nebessek. 
 
 1 see. \ve see clenr 
 down to that lake. 
 
 \i<ii sees, thoy see clear 
 clown to that lake. 
 
 7. Passive verb. — NamiiLi,urziniuh\ to \w seen : 
 
 N'naniiiLiuezi, n nami- I am .seen, we are seen. 
 
 iguezi))ena ; 
 
 'Namii<^uezo, 'namii- lie is seen, they are 
 
 guezoak. seen. 
 
 8 liellertive verb — Namihozimul,-, to see one 
 self. 
 
 N'namihozi n'nnmiho- I see mysell'. we see 
 
 zihena ; j ourselves ; 
 
 Namihozo. 'navnilio- ' He sees iiimseli', sIk^ 
 
 'Xr 
 
 Z 
 
 '.uak, 
 
 sees hersell", they see 
 t hemseh'es. 
 
107 
 
 0. Conimunioiitivo \evh.—IV((nii/uH/ihiu/,, l(» m»o 
 oacli othor : 
 
 N'mmuho(/ihena. 
 'Njuiiihodoak. 
 
 Wo so*' oarh othor, 
 They seo oju."li othyr, 
 
 10. Causing verb.*— P^<:^)/>//,//omw/.,ya.,to mako 
 see, (to rostoro a iieighhour's sight), definite 
 conjugation : 
 
 N'pazohikho, n'pazol)i- 
 khonna manoclgue- 
 zit ; 
 
 \V'pazol)ik!i6.\N''pazol)i- 
 khoAvo iiaiiodguozi- 
 liji. 
 
 I make, wo mako tho 
 blind sot', (vvc restore 
 tho I'hnd mai)'.s 
 sigiiU ; 
 
 lie maKos. they niuke 
 tho blindman or 
 bliiidiijon see. 
 
 11. Froquentalivo \Qxh.— Tola^^'ain6muk, va.Jo 
 strike ropoatrdly, (moditication ol'the Vtrb 
 tagamomulc, lo strike,) auimate, ^lnit^' conju- 
 
 gation : 
 
 N'tolagamo. n'tutao-a- j I strike him, we strike 
 monna, n'tutagamon- him, repeatedly : we 
 
 strike, them repea- 
 tedly ; 
 He strikes him, they 
 strike them, repea- 
 tedly. 
 
 nawak ; 
 Wt otagamo, w'totay\i- 
 
 '6' 
 
 mowo. 
 
 ^ The causiiif; verh in'li''ali> llial its ><ulij<.>ct causes «ome 
 animatfi objoct lo be in a c'MlaiQ ciroum'stance, or to do 
 somelliitig, V. t'. n Lmvjui, 1 .live , ti'kamnuikho, I make him 
 (live. 
 
— r.«8 - 
 
 12. FroqmMii alive veil). — Tdthu^nddzik. va,, to 
 strike repeatedly, {modiftraUon of the verb, 
 lagaddzik, to strike,) inanimate, finite conju- 
 gation ; 
 
 N'totagadamon, n'tota- 
 
 o-adameuana ; 
 Wiotagadamen, w'to- 
 
 lagadameno. 
 
 I strike it, we strike it. 
 
 repeatedly. 
 He strike's it, they 
 
 strike it, repeatedly. 
 
 ]3. Working varh.* - - Abaznodukfunuk, vn., lo 
 make baskets, derived Irora the substantive 
 abdznoda, basket. 
 
 N'-d-a))aznodaka. n'-d- , I make baskets, we 
 
 abaznodakabena ; ' make baskets ; 
 
 'Abaznodaka, abazno lie makes baskets, 
 
 dakak. ' they make baskets. 
 
 \\ kSlow-perlurming verb. — Miinnalnlaimuh\ vn., 
 to work slovvly, (1. modification of the verb 
 tihkamukj to work) : 
 
 N'mannaloka,t)'rnanna- | 1 work, we work, 
 
 lokabena ; ! slowly : 
 
 N'mnnnawighiga/man- i 1 write, they write, 
 
 nawiiihigak. I slowly. 
 
 * This kiQiJ of verbs Is call<>.i| sd, J-oraus--! lln-y aluavd in'Ii- 
 cate Uic doing of a woi'liAhni i'*, of iho substanlivt' from 
 which It is ilt.-rived, v. (jr. vgem, snow .iho») • n-d-oqcmilia, I 
 make smow slio»''s ; owdi, road : n'-d-oii'dika, I mak'? a road. 
 
— :(oo — 
 
 15. Quick-porlbrming YOYh.—fvataloknmHf,'. vn. 
 to work speedily (2. modi/inUion of the verl) 
 aloli'nmuh-, to work) : 
 
 N'kezaloka,n kezaloka- j I work, we work, with 
 
 hena ; I celerity ; 
 
 N'kezawighiga, ii'keza- , He writes, they write, 
 
 wighigabena. i last. 
 
 IG. Neat workiiiu" verl). — Paba/iaio/tamuk, vu., to 
 work neatly or care lull y. (3. modifimtion of 
 the verb alokamuk, to work) : 
 
 N'pabakaloka, ii'paba- 
 
 kalabena ; 
 'ra])akalokMk. 
 
 I work, we work, care- 
 fully ; 
 They work carefully. 
 
 17. liough or coarse workiu^- Y('xh.—M(\mdg;ua- 
 /o/iamu/,% VII., to work roughly, (4. modifi- 
 cation of the verb uloknmuk, to work) : 
 
 N'momogMialoka, u'mo- 
 
 mogualokabcnn ; 
 'Momogualokak. 
 
 I make, we make, rough 
 
 or coarse work ; 
 They make coarse work 
 
 18. Conjunctive verb.— 1. Nimfokamtik,io work 
 two together ; -1. /uisa/okamffk. to work 
 with some others ; :). Mdina/okamuk, to per- 
 form statute-labour or work many together, 
 (three other modiJi0»ations of the verb a!o- 
 kamuk, to work) ; 
 
— 200 — 
 
 1. N'nisalckabciianijia. 
 
 2. N'kusaloka n'mitog- 
 wes ia kedagik. 
 
 3. N'mowalokabena or 
 n'lnowalokhedibeua. 
 
 I work with my brother, 
 
 or, my brother and 1 
 
 work tog'ether. 
 I work with my lather 
 
 and some others. 
 We peribrm statuate- 
 
 labour ; we all Avork 
 
 together. 
 
 19. iu'igniiig A^erb. ^ — Alxuiwiahilxdlzimuti, vii. 
 to feign to be sick. (IModificatioii of the 
 verb akuamahimnk, to be sick). 
 
 (N'-d-akuamalsi. 
 N'-d-akuamalsikolzi ; 
 'Akuamalsikolzoiik. 
 
 I am sick.) 
 
 I feign to be sick. 
 
 They feign to be sick. 
 
 20. Reproaching verb. — M^azOmawi^higamKk, 
 vn., to write too much, (so to hurt oneself 
 in one way or other.) Modification of the 
 verb ainghtfrai/itik, to write. 
 
 N'ozomawnghiga.n'ozo 
 mawighigabena. 
 
 'Wzomagighigak. 
 
 1 write or wrote too 
 mucli, we write or 
 wrote too much (so 
 that our sight is now- 
 weak.) 
 
 They write or wrote 
 too much. 
 
 This means also : they wrote a /ibelhms article. 
 
 * As in Uio OJcIiijtwo Grammar, a vcrl) of this kind rej)io.sents 
 always .ts subject doing somelhing for show only, or by clissi- 
 mulaiion. 
 
201 
 
 21. Abundance ytn-h — Mnsafcnrighdzi/i; va., ma- 
 mlairiirhi^amuk, vn. to \\Y\iQ much, (modi- 
 Jlcntion of the vorl», nii'i<rkdzih', va., inani- 
 mate, and aurighigamuk, vn.. to ^v^ite. 
 
 N'mesaiawicham, 1 T write, we write many 
 
 n'mesalawighamho- ; letters. 
 
 na awighiganal. ' 
 
 ']\Lsalawigham, msal- lie writes, they write 
 
 awighamok awighi- ! many IcttiTs. 
 N'mesalawighiga, j J write much, we write 
 
 n'mesala^v ighigabe- \ much. 
 
 na ; j 
 
 'Msalawighiga 'msala- j lie writes much, they 
 
 wighigak. 
 (N'mesaladiali. 
 
 write much. 
 1 made a good hunt.) 
 
 22. Unipersonal-abundanee verb. — This kind of 
 verbs is formed from animate and inanimate 
 substantives. No inlinitive. 
 
 (Moz, moose ;) mozika. | There is plenty of 
 
 I moose. 
 (Pd/cesso, partridge;) 
 
 pakessoika. 
 (Abazi, tree ;) abazika. There are majiy trees. 
 {Sala, blue-berry ;) sa- ' There is plenty of blue- 
 
 There is plenty of par 
 
 I ridges 
 
 talk a. 
 
 berries. 
 
 23. Unipersonal verb. — No infinitive. 
 
 Soglon, soglonji. 
 Tson, psonji. 
 
 It rains, it will rain. 
 It snows, It will snow^ 
 
— 202 — 
 
 24. Siibsianiivo, verb. — Snn6baimuk, to l)C a 
 man ; v^o^^moimuk, to be a chiet", derived 
 respectively from : Saudba, a man, and 
 SdfcmS, a chief. 
 
 N'sanobai, n'sanobai- 
 bena, sogmoibeiia ; 
 
 'Sanobao, sogmoo, sog- 
 mooak. 
 
 (N'namasowi, 'namasoo, 
 'iiamasooak. 
 
 I am a man, we are 
 men ; we are chiefs ; 
 
 He is a man, he is a 
 chief, they are chiefs. 
 
 I am a fish, ho is a 
 fish, they are fish.) 
 
 25. Adjective vor]>. — Wdbigimuk\ to be white, 
 derived from the adjective irdbi, w hite. 
 
 N'wAbigi, wobigo, (w6- ^ I am white,he is white, 
 
 bigen). 
 Wobigoak, ( wobige- 
 
 nol). 
 N'wizowigi, wizowigo, 
 
 'wizowigoak. 
 
 (it is wliito) ; 
 
 I They are while, ( 
 
 i things). 
 
 \ 1 am yellow, he is 
 
 i yellow, they are vel- 
 
 ! low . 
 
 2H. Possessive. vcr])s. — Wado^eminiuk, to have 
 snow shoes, iradolinink, tohaveacanoe.deriv- 
 od from substantives, in the possessive cast', 
 n'-d-dfj^em, my snow shoe ; w>/o/, my canoe ; 
 
 N'odogerni, Avdogemo, \ I have snow shoes, he 
 wdogemoak. has snow shoes, they 
 
 have snow shoes. 
 N'odoli, 'wdolo, 'wdo- 1 have a canoe, he has 
 
 loak. 
 
 a canoe, they have a 
 canoe or canoes. 
 
 NoTK — Those u.o not all the moililicalions which are to bo 
 observed in the Ahenakis verb. 
 
— 20:^ — 
 MISCELLANEOUS REMAl^KS 
 
 ON NOUNS, ADJECTIVES AND VEUBS. 
 
 L REM.\rwK. — Nouns boiiiir either (tnimnfe ov 
 inanimate, it follows that there also ammnlr and 
 inanimale adjectives and verbs, which are made 
 to agree with the noun.s accordiivc-ly ; and these 
 nouns have therefore their respective lylural 
 termination, which are ; ak, ik, ok and /.•, for the 
 animate, and, a/, //, ol, and /, for the iuHnimalc. 
 See page 12. 
 
 2. Eemark.— Grenerally tli<» dimiaulive nouns 
 are formed by the addition oi" Uirre dilierent 
 terminations, viz : s, is, and .s/n ; 
 
 (1) Ahazi, a tree; ahazh,i\ yomv^ tree; ail'o. a livei-, 
 S'Vias', M brook (ov a iiarj-ow rivvr). 
 
 (2) Ncbcs or nhcR, n hikii \ /<e/>f.s/^', u small lake or 
 pond; siho^, a l>rook ; f^lhosis, a little hi-ook ; tr!>js, some 
 moat ; miosis, a Bniall pioco of moal. 
 
 (3) Koa. pino-troo; /.o(W>i, a vouii^i; pinc-tror; tfhaz- 
 nnda, a haskel; aha znoda^s, i\ \\li\o ba.sk('t , .%/;i(>, a 
 cliiof; sof/mosis, a small or younn; fliiof 
 
 Nomis oiKliiii;- ill o(i, nil at, L'Unwi^i} (heir tormlMa- 
 tion into osul, asid, avL respect ivel\- ; 7ioft)i/w</, u 
 luiti'lier ; no/^aAo^^V/, a small or youii^r but -her; noj,U„,i 
 a carpoitor; mjlklin^id a small or yoim^r i'arj)ent('r . 
 sof/hehat ; an inn keeper; so'jhrfjasif, a small or vomii;- 
 inn-keopor. 
 
 Xodafehit, a rook, makes : noflatrbesH , a small <>r 
 young- cook; /tO//.}/^?////, a pilot ; /?^*//w;,/^f//)o.s/7. a small 
 or yount;- pilot. 
 
 There is also tho extreme diminutive, whiih is gene- 
 rally expressed 1)y the annexation of imis ov sonis to 
 the noun ; as, nehcsimis, a very small j.ond. a bog ; 
 afHiZHodasimis, a tiny little basket. 
 
— 204 
 
 '1 liEMARK. — 'ilw present oi' the uniicalive is 
 oi'teii used for the /w/ //re ; as : — 
 
 y/,irr-o</a Ledak alonctlvluDiiul;, J will remove 
 next week. (It ought to l>o : n'hirczodnji...) 
 
 A't^^'yibcmi iii<ju<(iia^ ^ve will go awuy (^IcdVi) next 
 spring. 
 
 The pasi in also often expressed by \W jiniscni ; as 
 nnami/io SaJnuni (agirojiut, I have ween Salomon hisi 
 fall ; rCniJdolniii ihoz sigiiand, we have killed a moose 
 hint spring. (It ought, to be : n'lizi. n/ihVxna...) 
 
 'Id 
 
 i,r 
 
 I. JvEMARK. — Sho2i/(l and jmuiia are always 
 expressed by ba alRxed lo tlie verb, (sco coiigu- 
 gation) ; Imt when should is used ibr ou^ht, 
 tlien shovid is expressed l>y acliovnbn, the 
 equivalent of of/jg-///, ]>laced between the pro- 
 noun ir'd the verb ; as : 
 
 JC-d-iC'/iftii-i/jti vuijirn'ni'l luli'tihu/tdmnnnd kidlciitol^sca.'iif^ 
 we sfiould always assHist the poor. 
 
 The potential is expressed by l,/.:>h((, phu-ed before 
 the verb ; as thus : nki:iha mezcnevK'naiut, \sq iiiiglii 
 have it (get it) ; k'kiztbaobankoird, you might pay him. 
 
 5. Kemauk. — Tlie iNterri><;^'tilii'e eonjugation 
 has been omitted in this book, because any 
 sentence, be it rt///rwr(///;<? or wpg«///r6;, may become 
 inlerroiiafive, if only you change the usual 
 (i/firmaUvc tune into an in terra g'al ice, or, in 
 writing, end the sentence by the interro^^alion 
 point (.^) ; as in the following sentences : 
 
 l\'-d-a}ri(jham a<ri<jhigan, you write a le'tter ; 
 Jv-d-airiiiham. mr>ghi(jan t do \'ou write a letter ? 
 Is' imyd>e)h\ Sitndaija, \\q. will start Siindav ; 
 Nmojibena ^andatja ? shall we start Sunday ? 
 O'da k'-d-agakiviziw, you do not study ; 
 0\la k'-d-agakimziw ? don't 3'ou study ? 
 
ETYMOLOGY 
 
 Ol 1M)L\X \AMRS BY AVriJClI AK'K DKSKiV 
 
 ATKD ClUrrATX TllinKs, TOWNS 
 
 i^IVKl^S^ LAKKS, KTC, KTG. 
 
 Before oommeurino. this troatiso, it would 
 perhaps be well to mention that all these names 
 either in Abenakis,Cree or other tribal languages 
 which now designate so many localities, moun.' 
 Hins rivers, etc., have been so much disfio-ured 
 by the Whites, who not understanding- these 
 words, pronounced them in the best way ihov 
 could and sjxdled them accordmoly, but in 
 most cases, with such incorrectness that they 
 have rendered many of them altogether incom- 
 prehensible, and thereby impossilde to discover 
 their true signification. 
 
 Abenakis, (Abenakis), from: - AVobanaki " 
 land or country of the East. This name 
 comes from: wobn,,, daybreak, and, U 
 earth, land, or rather, oAi, which is a term' 
 employed in comi^osition ibr, land, ground 
 region, ima,.,/,^, Abenakis, means also :' 
 an Indian Irom where the daylight comes. 
 1 lie /////r. makes : trobcuiakiah-. 
 
20r> 
 
 ACHIGAN, probably from : Mdnashigan, (Cree), 
 or M6nazigan, (Abenakis), a fish that the 
 French people have named '* achi<3^an ", 
 and the English, " black bass. " 
 
 Alsig6nte<i\v, (Abenakis), is the namo given 
 to the llivor »St-Francis, by the Indians of 
 this tribe. It means : river abounding in 
 shells ; hence the modern name : Ahi'^'6n- 
 tegvnak.ihi^ Indians of ^t-Francis. 
 
 AlnoBai Menahan, (Abenakis), Indian Island, 
 is an island owned by the Abenakis, situated 
 ill the River St-Franc is, two miles below the 
 Indian village. The whi/^H call that island : 
 " He Ivonde," round island. 
 
 Amonoosuc, (Abenakis), from, O'manose/i, the 
 fishing ground, or better, the small or narrow 
 fishing river. Some pretend that it comes 
 from : pafcdnozih, at the walnut-tree, from 
 pagdnozi, walnut-tree. 
 
 Annapolis River ; Tuvmpskak\ flowing out 
 between rocks. 
 
 Aroostook, (Abenakis), from Walmtef^w, shal- 
 low river, or perhaps, Wlaslegtf\ good river. 
 
 AsAWAiiiMoswAN, (Cree), where hunters watch 
 for the elk. 
 
 A'lTAKAPAS, prol)ably from : Adagdbas, rogue, 
 roguish man. This word is sometimes used 
 in figurative sense, and then it means : 
 man-eater. 
 
-207 — 
 ATTiKAmoDE,., (Cree), for aUik-ameh: white (ish. 
 
 vlt r ''/*'""*^"' '''or^-" '"■<• many putrid 
 «//! ' ''"^ '"■ ^^^"»'P«- Iron. : ;,//,,/„ or 
 f'^la^, ynlnd ^vater, anfl /,« or ,7,«, an 
 Abonakis <«///.,; ruarldnir abundance. 
 
 makes a boat (or boa(f<.) 
 
 01 1 iimkemganilco. a grav.. yard). It was 
 1 Kely a place where (he Indians, in old 
 
 ™™f.''>'I'H'ng a hewed tomb upon 
 a »oa(lo d ni vvh.ch ^vere i.laced the remains 
 
 tiemonts, ammunution and dried nreat. 
 
 liECA^-corR, .' Wolinakfeftvv,' the riwr ^,■hich 
 has ong turn., or rather which causes d 1° ■ 
 D> Its windiiio-s. .^ 
 
 Bkiocil Mottntain, (St-llilaire) ; VVi<rw6ma- 
 densis su)adiininn(ivo term: mSuXu 
 
 .iVoT" .^°•''^',. '"'™' " Wiuwc-mad..- 
 
 oSVTT "■''', " J^'' ""■''•' «»'«'i loth- >'ity 
 ol >St-IIyaemfhe by the Abenakis IndianZ 
 
 iJLACK Ifn-ER, Mhniwi Sibu. (black riv^r). 
 
208 
 
 Blue Mot:ntains, Yar. Co., N. S., named in 
 Abenakis Walowadcnik, (hi. mis.), are called 
 in Micmac : Coofnnejook, the spectres. 
 
 Bear Island, (Lake Winnipesaiikee,) Awasoswi 
 Meuahan. ^ 
 
 Canada, from, Kuntdn, (Iroquois), a collection ol" 
 tents or huts. 
 
 Canso, (Micmac), camwh\ opposite a high blulF. 
 
 Casoumi'EK ; OL^kainkelx, (Micmac), a bold steep 
 sandy shore. 
 
 Cape Mispec : Mashaak, (Abenakis) ; Mespaak, 
 (Micmac), over-ilowed. 
 
 Chicoutimi, (Abenakis), Sa^uifemik, where it is 
 deex"> by the act of the sea tide ; Sa^uitema, 
 it is deep by the act of the tide. 
 
 Chawinioan, (Abenakis), Azawuiigan, bold- 
 steep (rooi-like) portage. Some ]>retcnd 
 that it is derived from thuioan or Sdtran, 
 (Cree) south, and, onigan, portage. 
 
 Con ASSET, pro])ably lor : koasek, the young 
 pine-tree. Koa, means i)ine-tree. /lorts is the 
 diminutive, and, koasek, the local term. 
 
 CuCoCAriiE, (Abenakis), for, kokokhas, an owl ; 
 the local term : kokokhasek. This is the 
 name of a lake on the St Maurice liiver, 
 about loO mfles above Three Uivm'S, which 
 is SO called on account of a little mountain, 
 at tin*. Ea.st-end of the lake, the form of 
 which, especially the extreme top, r<^sembles 
 an owl. 
 
— 200 - 
 
 C(.>NNE(TicrT, (Abonakis), lor : Kirenilegm (or 
 Ktrufntuktr), 10112: rivor. The local term, 
 is ; Kirenitegok. 
 
 Cauohnawaga, (Iroquois), lor, kahnau^ake, at 
 the falls, i'rom : ka, where, ohnaiva, current, 
 swift current, falls, cascade, and ke^ which 
 marks: 1° the duality and plurality ; 2^ the 
 presence of a preposition, vvihch. in many 
 instances, (in the Indian lanf^uagos,) is 
 represented by the termination. 
 
 CoiloES, probably for : koas^ young pine, or 
 perhaps koa.<ek, at the young pine-tree. 
 
 CooKSAKKK, (Abenakis), from, skok or skog, snake, 
 and, 'iki, or kiy land : snako land. 
 
 CoATicooK, (Abenakis). comes from the local 
 term : KoaUe^\)k, at ih^ Pine River, 
 derived from : Koa, pine-tree, tte*^ii\ river, 
 (in composition only), and the suffix ok 
 which has the force of either of these 
 prepositions : a(, (0, of, from, on, in. 
 
 Che\al-du-Moixe is designated by the Abenakis 
 Indians under the name of " Poltegi':, " 
 which means : Paul's River. 
 
 Chamociia, a clown ; a masked man. 
 
 Daootah, (Ind.), leagued ; allied, the common 
 name of the confederate Sioux tribes. (Na- 
 fioi/al Sl(u/d Dictionarf/, 537.) 
 
 Dahlonega, (Ind.), place of gold. {Nal Stand. 
 Dirtionary.) 
 14 
 
— 210 — 
 
 DamarisCOTTA, (Iiid.) ftlewife place. (iV. Stand. 
 Diclionnry.) 
 
 Devil's Rock ; Muduhdmlonimh-w, (Abenakis), 
 Muftdoopsroorh/t; ^Micmac), devil's ro<k. 
 
 Durham, (L'Avenir,) is called by the Abenakis : 
 Kwanahomoik ; \vhere the turiiorthe river 
 makes a long point. 
 
 EsQrIMAT^x, a tribe that ihe Abeiiakis name : 
 As/iimo, plur. a^himook, eaters of raw liesh. 
 
 Krie, said to be the name of a fierce tribe exter- 
 minated by the Iroquois. (National Stand. 
 Dictiunarif.) 
 
 Ehcoumin's, (Cree), from i^koiniu, from /.s7,'o till 
 there, and min, berry, that is, there are 
 berries till such a place (Gramm. of the 
 Okhipwe language, 2'J8 ) 
 
 Etouemin, (Oohipw e) from lyekomin, from ii/eko, 
 sand, and min, berry, or sand-berries, so 
 the Otchipw indians call raspberries. 
 
 Ford Ellis, Mudaivaak. (M icmac), Paskategirak, 
 (Abenakis), where ihe river branches oM'. 
 
 The Falls, Cdpsku.\ (M icmac), Panjaklok (A])e- 
 nakis), a cascade. Pontegtv means equally, 
 cascade, falls. 
 
 The Grand Falls, KcIk Pdnfegw, (Abenakis), 
 ^rand falls ; local term : Kchi POnteguk^ at 
 the great falls. 
 
 French Kiver, Plachmdni SiOo. (Abenakis.) 
 
— 211 — 
 
 Fn ]<: ImlaNDS, Nankhl mtuu^xonl, (Micnuu) ; 
 Noffurnn^nik, (Abontikis) at tho llvo islaiuls ; 
 (idiomalic : nonnrnugul, tho lire i.shuuls. lit : 
 nonnotriirf/ vufiuhfmn/). 
 
 Fox Island, ]Vo/,tns(si vnna/td,}, (Abouakis). In 
 local term : Wdkirr^i meNahauok. 
 
 GatinkauRiveil ; Mu^/oba/oak, (Abt^nakis), ilu; 
 riviM' whivh Hows rapidly into aiioihur. 
 
 GuAxND Laki:, N. []., Kr.hi nehes, (Abouakis) ; 
 TiVi(^(tf/i7,\ (Mitiiiac), campirii^ ground. 
 
 OllAND Manax ; munin ivS probably from, 
 mnnaluin, (Abcnakis), island, which, b(un;:»- 
 coun<>cted with " grand, " makes : " grand 
 island. " 
 
 GriANi) KiVER is, in Abenaki.s, Kchi sibo, (lit. 
 meaning.) 
 
 lllNDSTOXK ]5a\K, L-erddkunuk, (Micmac). 
 kitaddf^iwapskw, (A])cniikis), whetstone rock. 
 
 Haytj, ^Ind.) high land. {Nal. Sinnd. dictiomrif.) 
 
 JIeuOxV Island ; (Abenakis), Knskni menahan. 
 
 lIou.sAT< )xVlc, (Abenakis), Cor aimiiadenikYh^'yomX 
 the mountain; over the hill. This is from : 
 (urasi... hvyond, adeti, mountain or hill (only 
 ill eomposition), and //,•. one of the AlxMiakis 
 suilixes which gives the iiaiuo in hx al 
 term. 
 
 Illinols, from //////. (Algonquin), man, and the 
 French addition ois. ibr tribe or ]>eople, or 
 rather i'vom Jtiniirokyinvn or ' band ofmeu". 
 
212 
 
 1()\VA, the French ibrm of an Indian word, 
 sigiiiiying' '■ the drowsy '' or " the sleepy 
 ones '' ; a Sioux name of tlie Pahoja or 
 "Gray snow tribe," {Nat. Stand. DicMon(iri/.) 
 
 Igli>^m6nki, (Abenakis), England, {lit ; English- 
 man's land. ) 
 
 iLLoDAKKi, (Abenakis), Ireland, (/// : Irishman's 
 land.) 
 
 I(}lism6n, (Abenakis), Englishman ; English 
 people. The English militia, makwsnwai, 
 (lit. ugnijh'af.ion : who wears a red uni- 
 Ibrm.) 
 
 Kaanawacji, the name by which the Abenakis 
 designate the Indian Reserve of the Iroquois 
 tribe, known under the name of Caughna- 
 
 waga. 
 
 Ka.^na\vA(}iiinono, (Abenakis^, the Ironuois 
 tribe of Caughnawaga. 
 
 Kamouraska, probably from, ska. mora^kua (old 
 Abenakis), ska mot ash tin, (modt-rn expres- 
 sion), there is some white birch bark, or 
 perhaps for : there are some white birch 
 trees. 
 
 Kansas, i!)roba])ly from : Ka/wsd^, which means, 
 willOW^ 
 
 Katahdin, (Al)enakis), for IVa'kn, the big or 
 liigh mountain. 
 
 Keaiisar(}E, probably from : Kesarzet, (old Abe- 
 nakis), the proud or selfish. 
 
l*.*^*" 
 
 — 213 ~ 
 
 KeNebec, (Abenakis), for, Kinehek, or Kinebah; 
 large lake, or again, deep rivei. 
 
 KiWAKTiAi 6UK), Cannibal River, a branch ol' the 
 St-Maurice River." Kiwukm, (Abenakis), 
 man-eater. 
 
 KwANoBAGNAGAK, or Kwan6bagnap;asik, (dimi- 
 nutive), is the name given by the Abenakis 
 to a little island owned by them, on the 
 river St-Francis, known under the name of 
 " L'lle-a-rAil. " It means : long- narrow 
 island. 
 
 Kenosha, probablv for : Kwenoza, (Abenakis), 
 pike. 
 
 KwENOHASEK, (Abenakis idiom), means : at the 
 pike river. 
 
 Kentucky, likely for, Kwemdaga, it is long. 
 
 KoATTEGOK, (Abenakis), local term of koafJes;ir, 
 pine river. See Coaticook. 
 
 Madobai.odenik, an idiomatical expression by 
 which the Abenakis designate the city of 
 Three Jlivers, after the former name of the 
 Kiver St Maurice, which vas : Lt>denoi 
 sibo. It was so called, because in old times, 
 when the hunting territories were all 
 devided among the Indians, this river, from 
 its mouth up to a certain distance, belonged 
 to an indian named Lodeno. The expression 
 maddbalodenik, from : mad6ba**'^ik, which 
 comes or Hows in, and the interposition of 
 loden, an abbreviation of Lodeno, means : the 
 outlet or couiiuence of i\\Q River Lodeno. 
 
— 214 — 
 
 Mackinaw, probably from : mikenakv), (Abe- 
 nakis), a tortoise : also, a spocies of water- 
 bug. 
 
 Macoan Riveh ; Mihh^an, (Micmac), fishing 
 place. 
 
 Madawaska ; malaica^ika, (Otchipwe), wiiddbas- 
 kika, (Abenakis), the mouth of a river where 
 there are grass and hay. The local term is 
 mdddbashikak. 
 
 Makuapskasik, (Abenakis), is the name of a short 
 portage, on the St Francis River, above the 
 Abenakis vilhige, which means : at the 
 red rock. 
 
 Mampiiremagog, (Abenakis), for, Mamlauj- 
 bag'ak, signifies ; long and large sheet 
 of water, from: mamlaw..., a prefix which 
 denotes largeness or a})undance. bag-a, a 
 |)articnle denoting water, and, /<•, which 
 marks that the name is given in local 
 term. 
 
 Maskikowoga.mak, (Abenakis), the lake the 
 banks ot which are covered with grass or 
 hay. 
 
 Maskuaanagasik, (Abenakis), the diminutive 
 of iuaskifaanagak : the little birch- trees 
 island, or simply, the birch island. This is 
 the name of a little island on the River St 
 Francis. 
 
 Massachusetts, either from : " Massajosets, " 
 the tribe of the great hill, or, Msajoaek. at 
 the great hill or region of the groat hills. 
 
— 216 — 
 
 MAxVHATTAN, (Abenakis), from : mmahanitan, an 
 island formed by the current or the tide. 
 
 M .nitolinp:, for : manilu w-d-ain, ihi" spirit 
 (manito) is there, or, manilonie, (half Indian 
 and Frenrl^, the manito island. 
 
 Mantawa or Matawin, (Abenakis), junction of 
 two rivers. 
 
 Merrimack, from the old AJjenakis, Mor(Uemah\ 
 deep river. 
 
 MiCHiLiMACKiNAO, (Abenakis), probably from : 
 msalmikenakiv, there is plenty of turtles. 
 
 Milwaukee, (Abenakis), probably for : 7nihvai 
 ki, fertile or productive land.' 
 
 Meciantio, (Abenakis), for : namakdttik, or 
 rather, nama^wdUik, (old Abenakis), which 
 means, lake trout place. 
 
 MisTASSiNi, the big stone. 
 
 Mai^apediao : (Abenakis), maddbajoak, .1 river 
 flowing roughly into another. 
 
 Malpeciue, (Micmac) mdkpdak, said to mean, 
 big bay. 
 
 Mississipi, great or grand river. 
 
 MoNADNOOK, according to the Abenakis ortho- 
 graphy, mdniadenok, or nidnadenok, (ellipti- 
 cal), signifies : at the silver mountain, from : 
 mdni, silver, ade^, mountain, and the ter- 
 mination ok, which has the force of either 
 of these prepositions : at, to, of, from, on. 
 
— 2ir, — 
 
 MlssiSQUtH comes from: Masipskoik, (Abenakis), 
 where there is Hint, 
 
 MooSEHEAD Lake is called in Abenakis : Mozo- 
 dujii Nebes, which is the literal meaning' oT 
 the English name. 9 
 
 M ANA WAN (Lake), eggs gathering place. In 
 fact, that lake being the resort of gulls and 
 loons, the hunters use to gather lots of eggs 
 around the little islands. 
 
 Nashua is said to mean : between (the rivers). 
 Bettvexn is expressed in Abenakis by : 
 nsatvi, nsawiwi or nanmvnwi. 
 
 NiKATTEGW or Nikontegw, (Abenakis), means: 
 first branch, or again, the outrunning stream 
 or river. This is the Indian name of a 
 channal, at the lower end of the Abenakis 
 Indian Reserve of St-Francis called by the 
 French people " Clienal Tardif " 
 
 Niagara, probably from, Ohniara, (Iroquois), the 
 neck (connecting Lake Erie with Lake 
 Ontario). 
 
 NamaowoTTIK, (Abenakis), place abounding in 
 lake troui. {Sec 31(!g'anli(j, 
 
 O'Bamas, a term by whieh the Abenakis Indians 
 designate the " RiA'iere du Loup " {(m 
 haut), means : opposite course or winding. 
 This name has l^een iifiven on account of 
 the great winding which commences a 
 little bellow Hunt<^rs town Mills. See plan of 
 the St -Maurice Territory, published in 1H57. 
 
--217 — 
 
 O'bamasls, the diminutive of O'bamas, is the 
 name given by the Abenakis to the '' Kiver 
 
 ■V7' _ 1 • 1 11 
 
 Yamachiche. " 
 
 0'r.6MKAiK is the name by which la " Pointe- 
 dii-Lac " is designated by the Abenakis, Tt 
 means : the white sandy* point. 
 
 0'nkoj3agaiv, (Abenakis,) hike k^igthened or 
 extended after a strait. 
 
 Oneida, (Ind.), people of the beacon stone 
 {National Stand. Diclionarij). 
 
 Ontaiiio, from Onontee, " a village on a moun- 
 tain, " the chief seat of the Onondagas, 
 (N. S. Dictionary). 
 
 Oswego, the Onondaga name lor Lake Ontario, 
 (N. S. Dictionary). 
 
 OuiATcnoAN, (Crree), from, vwiriyuljiwati, or 
 ivayawitjiwan^ currunt coming out. 
 
 Ottawa, perhaps from, otonwa, (Iroquois), 
 beaver's lodge, muskrat's lodge. The 
 Otchipwe grammar says, however, that it 
 is an abl>reviation of : ottawakay, his ear, or, 
 otaimisk, and icalawask, bull-rusli(}s, because 
 along the river there are a great many of 
 those bull-rushes, while A. L. Burt's N. S. 
 Dictionary states tliat it means, traders. 
 
 Passumpsic, probably from ; pasdmkasik, (Abe- 
 nakis), a diminutive term which means : 
 river which has a clear sandy bottom. 
 
218 
 
 PawCATUOK, (Abenakis), shaking river, or per- 
 haps from, p6ii:wk(itegvj, the shallow river. 
 
 Paw^tucket, x>robably i'rc.i, pairtcf^it, (Abena- 
 kis), who shakes himself, which shakes 
 itself: a ligurative sense applied sometimes 
 to falls. 
 
 ricHOUX, (ilbenakis), pezo, (Cree), pisivK lynx. 
 
 PlTiiiGAN, (Abenakis), the entry, inlet, opening', 
 of a river or lake. 
 
 PiTUiGANiTEdw is the name by which the 
 Abenakis desii>'nate the Iliver Nicolet. 
 
 Pemkiewasset, (Abenakis), comes from : Pami' 
 jowimk, diminutive of panit/owa!i% which 
 means, the swift or rapid current ; pamijo- 
 wasik, the narrow and shallow swift cur- 
 rent. 
 
 Piscataqua, (Ind.), great deer river, (Nat. 
 Sland. Dictionar//). 
 
 Potomac, (Ind.), place of the burning pine, 
 resembling a council-hre. (N. S. Dictionari/). 
 
 Penobscoi^ probably from : pumapsknk. (Abe- 
 nakis), the rocky place, among the rocks, 
 or perhaps from : panaj>skak. the steep 
 rocky place. 
 
 Quebec, from the old Abenakis, Kebhek or 
 Kebek, means : obstructed current ; where 
 ■I IF narrow or shut. 
 
 QjTNEKAUii, (Abenakis), for, Kwanbnak, long 
 pond. 
 
— 210 — 
 
 UliMOUSKi, (old Abenakis), Arcnioski, (modern), 
 Alenios/ii, means, dog's land, from : aremos 
 or alemos, dog', and, A/, land or (country. 
 
 >SA(}AS\YANTKr}W, hall Algonquin and A})enakis, 
 sa<i:nsira, (Alg.), he is smokijig, and, tcfj^w. 
 (Al^.), river, given in ligiirative sense, lor : 
 still river, that is, river whore one has 
 ample time to smoke. 
 
 Haranac (Ind.) is said to moan : river that 
 Hows under rock. 
 
 8ARAT0(tA, (ind.). place of the miraculous water 
 in a rock. {Nat. Stand. Dictionarf/). The 
 Abenakis Indians designate tliis place by 
 nebizonI}i/i\ a local term, which means : al 
 the mineral s]")ring, or rather, at the physi- 
 cal water. 
 
 Saskatchewan, (Cn^e), sa^kijoan, (Abenakis) : 
 rapid current. 
 
 fc^ciiooDio. probably Irora the old A))enakis, 
 akudek, at the fire, or, burnt lauds, (from 
 large iires about IGTo). 
 
 Sebago, probablj^ from, sobag'oo, (Ab.^nakis), it 
 is sea, or, it resembles a sea. 
 
 Seneca, (A))enakis), senilia, means ; therti are 
 many rocks, it is rocky, from : ,S6'//, rock, 
 stone, and ika, an addition which marks 
 abundance. (Monf, money ; monfika, there 
 is plenty oi' money.) 
 
 SisiKWAi Menatfan, (Abi'na,kis), rnttlesnake 
 ishmd. 
 
>d M V ■ 
 
 SisiQUoi, i^erliaps for, siaikwa, rattlesnake. 
 
 Skowhegan, (Abenakis), from skMchigen, or 
 s/acahigen, it is ])ointecl. 
 
 Sa(X) is believed to come from sokSai, (old 
 Abenakis), which meuiis ; from the South 
 side ; Southern. Hence the name so/i>ia/,i, 
 (modern, so/w/d), Southern country ; South- 
 ern people, or better, Indians i'rom the South. 
 
 Saouenay River is called by the Micmars 
 *' Ktadoosok ", llowing botw^een two high 
 steep clilfs. 
 
 St John, N. B., (Micmac), Menairges, where 
 they collect the dead seals. 
 
 SuNCOOK, (Abenakis), fTomseni/iok, at the rocks. 
 
 Tennessee, (Ind.), river of the Big Bend (N. S. 
 Dictionary.) 
 
 Tadoussao, (Cree), from, lotosak plural of f6l6<, 
 woman's breast^ pap. {Otchip. ^ramm.) 
 
 Temiscouata, it is deep every where, from, 
 timiw, it is deep in tht» water, and, islnnatihn 
 without end {Otchip. g-ramm.) 
 
 IjMBAGod, (Ind.) clear lake, shallow. (iV. S. 
 Dictionarij.) 
 
 Waohusett, (Abenakis) Irom. ujcijo^.n mountain 
 (of middling height), and the prepcmlive ter- 
 mination <?/..', which rei)resents the ])repo- 
 sit ion af : at the mountain. 
 
— 221 — 
 
 Wabi^^jitonis, (Och.), from wubiUutm, dimiiiu- 
 tivo o^ jnahistdn, a marl on. 
 
 Washita, (Western Indian langnage), said to 
 mean : a buck, a male deer. 
 
 VVa.ssaijaasteow, (Abenakis) while river ; clear 
 water stream. 
 
 WDAMoaANAspSKOK, (Abonakis), a name by 
 which is designated a rapid on the b'ivc'r 
 8t"Francis. which meaihs : atlhe i)ipe rock. 
 
 Wdupsek. (Abenakis), an (\\:presj>ion sigiiiryiiig : 
 a scalping spot, at the crown. 
 
 WiGWoM, wigwjlm, a house, a lodge. 
 
 WlNNlPECr, unpure or turbid waler, salt water. 
 
 WiNNEPESAUKEE or Winnipisiogee (Abenakis), 
 comes from ; Wiirininehcsaki, lake in the 
 A*iciaity of which there are other lakes 
 and ponds, or perhaps better, lake region, 
 from : iviwnf, abbreviation of iriioniwi, 
 around, in the vicinity, jiebes, lake, pond, 
 and, nki, land, rigion, territory. 
 
 WiNoosKi, (Abenakis), from //;/«o.s, onion, and. Id, 
 land : Winmki, onion land. 
 
 WawoBADENIk. (Abennkis), White Mountains. 
 N. H. The " ^fount Washington " is called 
 in Al)enakis " Kodaakwajo," the hidden 
 mountain, so called because in cloudy 
 weather the top of thai, inounhiiii, owing 
 to its great elavation, is, in fact, ahvays 
 hidden by the clouds. 
 
ooo 
 
 WlsoAssUT is said to mean, at tho yellow pines : 
 
 Washita, ("Western Indian language), said to 
 mean, a l>uck. a male deer. 
 
 Wassabaastegw, (Abenalds) Avhite river, clear 
 water stream. 
 
 Wabaskoutiyunk (Luke) is said to mean in 
 Montagnais : where there is some whitish 
 i:»rass or ha v. 
 
SIGNIFICATION 
 
 OF Tlli-: NAMI«:s Oh^ 'ViiK MONTHS. 
 
 January ; Alamikos ; 
 
 New.ycar'H greet inu- montli. 
 
 February ; Viaddagos ; 
 
 lioiiii:hs-sheJduig Jii<>iiUi. 
 
 March ; Mozokas ; 
 
 Mooso-liuiitiiii;- month. 
 
 April ; So(i;alikas ; 
 
 SLignr-mukiiin- laojiih. 
 
 May ; Kikas ; 
 
 Plantiui; niontli. 
 
 June ; Nokkahi<ras ; 
 
 lloeini^ moiilli. 
 
 July ; Temaskikos ; 
 
 JLay-raakini;- montli. 
 
 August ; Teimzowas ; 
 
 Ilai-vcsting month. 
 
 Soptomber : Simmonkas ; 
 
 Jndian coi-n-reaping nioiiih. 
 
 October ; Penihagos ; 
 
 J./oai'tulling month. 
 
 November ; Mzatanos ; 
 
 Jec-fonning montli. 
 
 December ; Pebonkus ; 
 "^Viiiter month. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 1»A0E 
 
 rREFACE 5 
 
 Tlie Aljjhnbel 7 
 
 The Vowels 7 
 
 Tho Wplitlioiigs 7 
 
 SjilabloH ill j)i<)^rosHivc ^culc 8 
 
 WordH and Syllables 
 
 Key to liio pronunciation 10 
 
 Sound of vowels? 11 
 
 Sound of (liplithfjuo-H \o 
 
 VAii'i: nnsT 
 
 or God's aitTibutoH i;} 
 
 Of the lEt'uvens 14 
 
 The clemcntH and tilings relalinr-- to tlioni 15 
 
 Moteor-j, Bhip«, &c Kj 
 
 Tho Bcasons IS 
 
 Themonthrj. 18 
 
 The days of the Aveek 19 
 
 DiviHion of limo 10 
 
 Mankind, kindred, kc 20 
 
 Functions, liabitSj .U' 23 
 
 16 
 
— 226 — 
 
 Page 
 
 Sickness and descase 24 
 
 Parts of the body 24 
 
 Wearing apparel 26 
 
 Of the table, meals and dishes . 28 
 
 Bevera^'-ea 30 
 
 Fruits and fruit-trees 31 
 
 Forest-trees, flowers, <fec 31 
 
 Mecluniical iirts &c .•. 33 
 
 Of the sea 34 
 
 Domestic animals, wild quadrupeds, birds, furs, 
 
 and hkins 35 
 
 b'ishos, reptiles and insects., 39 
 
 Of tl>o country and the objects met with there. ... 40 
 
 Money and coins 41 
 
 AVeiichts and mcasuros 42 
 
 Corn and rogetables 42 
 
 Farming implements, carriages, harness, clc 43 
 
 Colours, painting, &c 44 
 
 The Cardinal points, kc... 4G 
 
 Hunting and fishing outlit, etc 47 
 
 Keclesiatitical and secular dignities 49 
 
 Games, recreations, etc 49 
 
 Names of cities, villages, rivers, counti-ies, nations, 
 
 (^tc 51 
 
 Names of pevsons which differ with- both, the 
 
 i'lnglish and French orl hogra])hy 54 
 
 Holidays and festivals 50 
 
 Substantives having no singular 57 
 
 The personal pronouns 8S 
 
 The possessive pronouns 59 
 

 
 
 — 227-- 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 Page 
 
 Elements l)ftl)0 Almnukis conversation Gl 
 
 Use of the verb wijdndmuk, 2i'<iJ6n6::iJi, to have, in 
 
 tlie affinnatlve form C2 
 
 A^Jcal)ularv of nouns CJS 
 
 Use of Mie verl) icajonouuiJi^ wajonozil\ to lia\e, in 
 
 the ncjjatlve form 64 
 
 Adjectives— simple and invariable 65 
 
 The above Adjectives prolonged by s^dlables repre- 
 senting the verb to he, and joined to nouns 
 
 and vcrhs, kc G(j 
 
 Adjectives— contracted and variable ,. (»7 
 
 Simple andconti'acted Adject ivos joined to nouns &c GO 
 Phi'asos i^ the affirmative, negative, and interro- 
 gative form. 70 
 
 Cardi nal numljci's 73 
 
 Distrihutive numbers 71; 
 
 ^rultiplyiug numbers 7'J 
 
 Multiply] ng-disti'ibutive numbers 81) 
 
 Ordinal numbers marking tbe order an-.i succes- 
 sion of animate objects and personlfieAl things 82 
 Oj'dinal numbers marking the order and succession 
 
 (){' tilings OY\\y 83 
 
 O.-dinal numbers marking the order and succes- 
 sion of chapters. vcr.Hv->, sections ol' laws, k<: . 81 
 
 Fi-actional numbers 81 
 
 Multiple numbers 85 
 
 Vocabuhiiy of Adverbs 8G 
 
 Prepositions 88 
 
 Conjunci ions 89 
 
 Intorjectioii8 'JO 
 
— 223 — 
 
 FAMILIAK rilRASES TO FACaiTATE CONVERSATION 
 
 • Paue 
 
 1. For questioning, aflfirmiiig, donying, dfC 91 
 
 2. To inquire after licaltli 08 
 
 3. Of tho ago 09 
 
 4. On the hour 101 
 
 5. On tlio weather 104 
 
 6. On tlio time of the night 107 
 
 7. On arriving at the hotel 108 
 
 8. To einl)ark in a ship 109 
 
 9. On the point of leaving Ill 
 
 10. On board tlie steamboat 112 
 
 11. On traveling by water in the Indian c<nintrv. 113 
 
 12. Usual eonverf^ation between two iri<lians when 
 thc)' meet together in tlieir hunting ground. 116 
 
 Examples showing tho transposition of words 
 
 allowed in tho Abenakis language 118 
 
 Tho affixes ' Ji' and ' l)a ' transposed 119 
 
 TAET THIRD 
 
 Tho7>rt/-/s of specrh that may be conjugated 121 
 
 Conjugation of the animaie substantive n'mitoijircit, 
 
 mv father 121 
 
 Con1n<''ation of the (m'niudc substantive kdoz a, 
 
 eow 12.J 
 
 Conjugation of the ri'u'uiati^ substantive ah'iiws, 
 
 adog 125 
 
 Conjugation of thr inanninitc substantive jj/iskhi- 
 
 (/(()(, a gun 127 
 
 Conjugation of the po.ssossivo verb o'kaozem'nnuh, 
 
 to have a cow 128 
 
— 229 — 
 
 Paqe 
 
 Conjugation of thcadjeotivo-verl), icublgiinnk, to be 
 
 white 130 
 
 Negative conjui^^ation of "tlie possessive verb, ohio- 
 
 zemiviuk, to have a cow 183 
 
 Indefinite conjugation of the anhnafe objective 
 
 verb, u'aJ6ntmuJ:, to liavo 136 
 
 Finite conjugation of the animate objective verb, 
 
 wajdndmiil-, to have 139 
 
 Indefinite conjugation of the inanimate objective 
 
 verb, icajondzili, to have Ml 
 
 Finite conjugation of the inanimate objective verb, 
 
 icajonozik, to have 145 
 
 Negative conjugation of the indefinite verb, waj/i- 
 
 ndmuk, to have 146 
 
 Negative conjugation 01 the finite verb, ivaJdnO- 
 
 muk, to have 149 
 
 Negative conjugation of the indefinite verb, icajono- 
 zik, to liavc 151 
 
 Negative conjugation of tJie^;i<Ye verb, icajonozik, 
 
 to have I54 
 
 Dubitativo conjugation of tlic animate verb 15a 
 
 Dubitativo conjugation of the inanimate verb 158 
 
 Dubitativo-ncgative conjugation of the verb to 
 
 have l(jl 
 
 Conjugation of the verb aimuk, to be 1G2 
 
 Indefinite conjugation of the animate ol)Jectivc 
 
 verb nanihOmvk; to nee l()5 
 
 Finite conjugation of the animate objective verb 
 
 namihomuk, to see 168 
 
 Indefinite conjugation of tlic inanimate objective 
 
 \ci-b narnitozik, to see 172 
 
 
Pii^ 
 
 — 280 — 
 
 Page 
 Finite conjugation of the nCzU x fintie objectivo verb 
 
 namit6zik to see 175 
 
 The passive verb Jiazalmegwzimuk, to bo loved 177 
 
 The relative verb kazalmomuk, (I... thee, &c.)-... 179 
 The relative verb kozalmOmuk, Thou... me, &c.). 180 
 List of verbs most frequently met with in the 
 
 Abenakis language 182 
 
 Synoptical illustrations showing the numorcus 
 
 modifications of the Abenakis verb 195 
 
 Miscellaneous remarks on Nouns, Adjectives and 
 
 Verbs 203 
 
 Etymology of Indian names of certain localities, 
 
 rivers, lakes, etc., etc 205 
 
 Signification of the names of the months 223 
 
^